The best travel tripod in 2024: from full-size sticks to bag-sized mini-tripods

The best travel tripods have to be small enough to pack, light enough to carry, and sturdy enough for shake-free photos!

  • Our top picks
  • Best tripod overall
  • Best for versatility
  • Best budget tripod
  • Best for low angle
  • Best for selfies
  • Best for hybrid use
  • Best small but stiff
  • Best for compact use
  • Best for full frame
  • Best for serious shooting
  • Best for vlogging
  • Best looking
  • Best for video
  • Best unusual design
  • Best for monopod mode

TABLETOP TRIPODS

  • Best tabletop tripod
  • Best phone tripod

How do the best travel tripods differ from any other set of sticks? Well we all like to travel light, and conventional full-sized tripods tend to be big, heavy, and unwieldy – so we often leave them at home, which is a surefire way of making them completely useless. 

1. Best tripod overall 2. Best for versatility 3. Best budget tripod 4. Best for low angle 5. Best for selfies 6. Best for hybrid use 7. Best small but stiff 8. Best for compact use 9. Best for full frame 10. Best for serious shooting 11. Best for vlogging 12. Best looking 13. Best for video 14. Best unusual design 15. Best for monopod mode 16. Best tabletop tripod 17. Best phone tripod

By contrast, the best travel tripods literally take a load off. They’re made to be compact and lightweight but, in the past, they’ve often been notorious for being flimsy, relatively unstable, and too small to offer a useful operating height. The new breed of travel tripods aims to give you the best of both worlds.

The vast majority have legs that swing upwards for storage, so that the head is encircled by the feet. This typically reduces the folded height by as much as 4" / 10cm. Some also include as many as five sections in each leg, and a two-section extending center column, reducing the folded height even further, while still enabling reasonably lofty shooting. The downside is that setup takes longer, at least for taller operating heights, as there are more clamps to release and refasten.

Most travel tripods are sold as kits, complete with ball heads. Again, there’s a space-saving advantage with ball heads, as they bypass the need to have multiple locking levers that stick out from the head or need to be removed to pack the tripod away. Even so, they’re not short on sophistication – and many feature independent panning locks and adjustable friction dampers, in addition to the main locking knob. Here are some of the best buys on the market right now…

Best travel tripods: Our top picks

Travel Tripod

It's the first tripod Peak Design has ever made, but it's the best travel tripod I've ever seen! There is an aluminum version that's a massive 40% cheaper, however, which has all the same design features but just a little less vibration resistance. Read more below

Pro 2.0

This is no ordinary tripod; it folds down to just 35cm, opens to a height of 146cm, and has a huge 30kg payload. Its detachable monopod leg can be used as a mic or camera boom, and it has a Tri-Mount system for adding accessories. Read more below

Benro MeFoto RoadTrip

The Benro's 6-in-1 billing could fool you into thinking that it's all about versatility, but it's a very good travel tripod. Even at full height, it's impressively stable, and it packs extra features that could come in handy whether shooting on a camera or a phone. Read more below

3 legged thing punks corey 2.0

If you love shooting at low angles then this will give you the flexibility you need to make dramatic shots without the fuss. Read more below

Vanguard VEO

If you love taking selfies as much as you do shooting landscaped this all-in-one kit could be right up your street. Read more below

Manfrotto Befree 3-Way Live Advanced tripod

If you love taking stills and videos of stunning landscapes while out hiking this is your best bet with a built-in three-way video head. Read more below

Matthew Richards

Matthew Richards is a photographer and journalist who has spent years using and reviewing all manner of photo gear. He is Digital Camera World's principal lens reviewer – and has tested more primes and zooms than most people have had hot dinners! 

His expertise with equipment doesn’t end there, though. He is also an encyclopedia  when it comes to all manner of cameras, camera holsters and bags, flashguns, tripods and heads, printers, papers and inks, and just about anything imaging-related. 

In an earlier life he was a broadcast engineer at the BBC, as well as a former editor of PC Guide.

The best travel tripods

Why you can trust Digital Camera World Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out how we test.

Best travel tripod: Best tripod overall

Best tripod: Peak Design Travel Tripod

1. Peak Design Travel Tripod

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

The Peak Design Travel Tripod may be the first tripod that Peak Design has made, but it's hands-down the best travel tripod that I've ever used! There is an aluminum version that's a massive 40% cheaper, however, which has all the same design features but just a little less vibration resistance. A couple of the other tripods here will go higher, but the Peak Design will still go to eye level for an average-height person, and it packs down to just 39cm in length. 

It's designed to cut out the dead space between the legs and the column when packed, which means it's not just short when folded but very slim too – you could put this IN your camera bag or cabin bag as well as strap it to the outside. The low-profile ball head is simple but brilliant, there's a phone holder hidden inside the center column, and best of all this tripod feels seriously rigid.

Read our full Peak Design Travel Tripod review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best for versatility

Best travel tripod: 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHed Pro Lever

2. 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro Lever kit

The 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 is no ordinary tripod. It folds down to just 35cm in length but opens out to offer a maximum height of 146cm and a huge payload capacity of 30kg.

 It has a detachable monopod leg which can also be used as a microphone or camera boom, a Tri-Mount system for adding accessories, and an innovative two-section center column. You can buy the legs on their own but we’d recommend getting it as a kit with 3 Legged Thing’s new and improved AirHed Pro Lever ball head. 

The Leo 2 is not the smallest travel tripod you can get, and not the cheapest, but its ratio of folded length to maximum height, combined with its all-around versatility, make it one of the best.

Read our full 3 Legged Thing Leo 2.0 + AirHead Pro Review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best budget tripod

Benro MeFoto RoadTrip Pro Carbon Fiber tripod review

3. Benro MeFoto RoadTrip Pro Carbon Fiber

The 6-in-1 billing of the Benro MeFoto RoadTrip Pro could fool you into thinking that it's all about versatility, but it's also a very good travel tripod. Even at full height it's impressively stable for its build, and it packs a few extra features that could come in handy whether you're shooting with a camera or a phone. 

It's an excellent travel tripod, and the built-in monopod and mini tripod are genuinely valuable additions. It's great that things like the hex key, small tripod legs, and smartphone clamp are contained within or attached to the tripod, because you're unlikely to forget or lose them – but it does mean that the tripod is a little heavier than it needs to be.

Read our full Benro MeFoto RoadTrip Pro Carbon Fiber review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best for low angle

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0

4. 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0

All of the Punk tripods from 3 Legged Thing are travel-friendly, but the Corey 2.0 is the smallest and easiest to pack for the journey. It has swing-up legs with five sections in each, plus a two-section head, enabling a decent maximum operating height but a very small stowage size. 

It ticks another two boxes on our wish list by easily converting to a monopod, and enabling ultra-low-level shooting with the option of attaching the ball head directly to the canopy (leaving the center column out of the equation). All three legs are removable, and Vanz footwear (sold separately) transforms the Corey 2.0 into a stylish tabletop tripod.

Read our full 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best for selfies

Vanguard VEO 3GO 235CB

5. Vanguard VEO 3GO 235CB

With five sections in each swing-up leg and a two-section center column, this Vanguard folds down to just over a foot long yet gives a reasonable maximum operating height. It’s also very lightweight although, as expected, the alternative aluminum version is a little heavier. The bottom leg sections are quite spindly, with a diameter of just 11mm, but stability is pretty good even at full stretch. 

As well as giving a typically quick and easy change to monopod configuration, the Vanguard is more unusual in coming complete with a smartphone adapter. This enables the monopod mode to double up as a selfie stick.

Read our full Vanguard VEO 3GO 235CB review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best for hybrid use

Best travel tripods: Manfrotto Befree 3-Way Live Advanced tripod

6. Manfrotto Befree 3-Way Live Advanced tripod

The Manfrotto Befree 3-Way Live Advanced is a lightweight photographer’s travel tripod paired with a three-way video head. The fluid head uses a hydraulic damping system to make it easy for smooth, fluid camera movements. The tripod, meanwhile, provides a good balance between capacity, weight, and price. It’ll take 6kg of kit and only weighs 2kg itself. We’ve tested lighter and stronger tripods, but they tended to be more pricey than this one.

It’s not as tall as some of the other tripods on this list, and we did find during testing that sometimes the design interfered with routine operations like changing the camera battery. But, for the vast majority of purposes, this is an impressive all-around package and merits serious consideration for any traveling photographer or videographer.

Read our full Manfrotto Befree 3-Way Live Advanced tripod review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best small but stiff

Best travel tripod: Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20

7. Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20

The Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 is the smallest of Benro’s four new Rhino travel tripods, but we found that it’s remarkably stiff for such a compact tripod – and Benro’s new VX ball heads and their secondary pan axis just under the camera plate are a triumph. Travel tripods have limitations, such as a lower working height and longer ‘unfolding’ time, but this goes with the territory and we can’t criticize the Rhino for this.

This Benro doesn't extend that high, and it soon gets wobbly if you use both center column sections, but with a single column extension or no center column it's as rigid as much bigger tripods.

Read our full Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best for compact use

Vanguard Veo 3T 235CBP review

8. Vanguard VEO 3T 235CBP

The Vanguard VEO 3T 235CBP has an 8kg payload rating and a compact 41cm closed length, while carbon construction keeps total weight down to a reasonable 1.6kg. The included head has a removable pan handle to allow greater control while filming, and a new Arca-compatible quick-release plate can hold a camera or smartphone up to 85mm wide.

It packs down quickly and neatly for easy transport, the leg locks feel great and do their job perfectly, you get spikes to swap out for the standard rubber feet, plus there's even a Bluetooth remote control for iOS or Android .

Read our full Vanguard VEO 3T 235CBP review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best for full frame

Manfrotto BeFree Advanced Twist Travel Tripod

9. Manfrotto Befree Advanced Twist

The Befree Advanced Travel Tripod Twist is all about travel but offers extra support compared to most similar products. Its safety payload tops out at 9kg, though in our tests we found that it was able to take an awful lot of gear – we’re talking full-frame cameras with heavy lenses. Still, its key feature is that it weighs a mere 1.49kg, and when packed up it's just 40 cm long (though its ball head adds another 14cm). That’s compact enough to fit into most luggage.

The Befree Advanced Travel Tripod Twist comes bundled with Manfrotto’s compact Advanced 494 aluminum center ball head, which has three independent ergonomic controls. Factor in the super-sturdy center column – complete with a locking mechanism – and this travel tripod has an excellent ability to remain solid and steady.

Read our full Manfrotto Befree Advanced Twist review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best for serious shooting

Benro GoPlus Travel FGP18A + B0

10. Benro GoPlus Travel FGP18A

Ticking just about every conceivable box on our wish list, the Benro GoPlus has a modest folded length and generous operating height, coupled with a hefty maximum load capacity. It’s one of a handful of tripods to feature a pivoting center column, enabling a range of locking angles in small increments, through a complete 180-degree arc. 

Bubble levels are fitted to the tripod platform for easy leveling, and interchangeable rubber feet and spikes are supplied, along with a padded soft case. One leg can be unscrewed to use as a standalone monopod. However, while it was once sold as a kit with a head, you'll now need to order a ball head to go with it (if you don't have one already). The Benro B0 or IB0 would be a good match.

Best travel tripod: Best for vlogging

Best travel tripod: Joby RangePod Smart

11. Joby RangePod Smart

For vloggers and content creators, choosing the right tripod can be a real minefield. Unless you're well versed in photography accessories (and even if you are!), the sheer volume of tripods and heads can be overwhelming. Enter Joby , maker of the GorillaPod range, to provide creators with a straightforward solution that ticks all the right boxes. The Joby RangePod Smart is the manufacturer's first full-size tripod and is a worthy travel offering in its own right. 

However, this aluminum number is ideal for those who shoot on their phones; it includes a phone clamp with a pair of quarter-inch attachment points to mount your phone horizontally or vertically, so you can quickly switch between regular recording and upright shooting for Instagram or TikTok . With a quick-release Arca-Swiss plate, it's just as adept if you're using a DSLR or mirrorless camera – and its 8kg payload means it can handle chunky lenses with no problem. With a maximum 160cm height, it's also taller than many travel tripods – making it perfect for presenting to the camera at near head height. 

Best travel tripod: Best looking

Best travel tripod: Gitzo GT1545T Traveller with ball head

12. Gitzo GT1545T Series 1 Traveler with ball head

Gitzo tripods are the Rolls Royce of camera supports, and the Traveler series combines light weight, superb build and design, and disarmingly simple operation. The GT1545 Series 1 model has 4-section legs, but there is a GT1555 version with 5-section legs – it all depends on whether you favor a speedy setup (fewer sections) over a shorter folded length (more sections).

The prices don't look too bad until you factor in the cost of the admittedly brilliant Gitzo 82TQD center ball head. It's an excellent travel tripod, but its price stops the Gitzo from getting to the top of our list – especially since there are a number of equally good tripods that don't have the glamor of the Gitzo brand, but are a lot cheaper to buy. But secretly we all want a Gitzo, right?

Best travel tripod: Best for video

Best travel tripod: 3 Legged Thing Jay with AirHed Cine

13. 3 Legged Thing Jay with AirHed Cine

It's not just stills photographers that need travel tripods! The Jay and AirHed Cine are a pretty specialized combination, but they cater to a growing population of serious videographers and one-person filmmakers who don't need a massive professional video tripod but still require proper, portable support. 

The 3 Legged Thing Legends Jay has no center column (this is video, not eye-level stills photography), but it does have a leveling base – a huge time-saver for setting up panning shots and keeping the camera level. The AirHed Cine is as compact as the Jay and feels like the perfect partner. It has a firm but controllable fixed drag action and a screw-on handle for precise control. The Jay is not too pricey on its own, but if you add the AirHed Cine the price takes a leap. The combination is really compact, though, and just oozes quality.

Best travel tripod: Best unusual design

Manfrotto 190go!

14. Manfrotto 190go!

Unlike many current travel tripods, this Manfrotto doesn’t feature swing-up legs. It also has four rather than five sections in each leg, and a single-section center column. The upshot is that it doesn’t fold down particularly small, but is relatively quick and easy to set up. 

It’s also unusual for a travel tripod in featuring a pivoting center column, which you can use as a horizontal boom. That’s good news for macro photography, really low-level shooting, and for ultra-wide-angle shots. It’s generally sold as a set of legs with no heads but is available in some regions as a complete kit with a high-performance Manfrotto 494 Ball Head. Either way, both aluminum and carbon fiber versions are pricey but a top buy.

Best travel tripod: Best for monopod mode

Manfrotto Befree 2N1

15. Manfrotto Befree 2N1

Unlike some in the Manfrotto Befree range, the 2N1 is only available in aluminum, but you can choose between clip locks and twist locks for the 4-section legs. We prefer the ‘M-lock’ clamps of the twist-action edition, which have a very simple and speedy action. 

The tripod has good build quality and an appealing finish, along with a smart ball head that features an adjustable friction damper. It also boasts an Easy Link socket for attaching accessories and has a refined locking mechanism for its multi-angle legs. The quick-release plate is specially shaped to be Arca-Swiss compatible but the ball head platform isn’t, instead being designed to accept Manfrotto’s popular 200PL plate.

Best travel tripod: Best tabletop tripod

best travel tripod: Benro tablebod flex kit

16. Benro TablePod Flex Kit

If you're looking for a versatile tabletop tripod that isn't solely confined to a tabletop, look no further than the Benro Tablepod Flex. It has flexible legs stored inside its metal legs that enable you to secure it to surfaces that aren't flat – and can also be used to simply extend the length of the legs.

It packs down really small, can be used as a selfie stick or monopod, and is suitable for either a small mirrorless camera a compact or a smartphone (a phone mount is included). If you like to shoot video it also comes with two accessory arms, which means you could attach an additional light or microphone. It's more expensive than most tabletop tripods but it does so much more – so we think it's worth it.

Read our full Benro TablePod Flex Kit review for more details

Best travel tripod: Best phone tripod

Manfrotto PIXI Evo

17. Manfrotto Pixi Evo

The Pixi Evo is an advanced version of the original Manfrotto Pixi model and is just as fast to use – you flip out the legs to use it as a tripod or push them back together to make a camera grip – with a ball head that’s released and locked with a simple push button. It's one of the best phone tripods .

What the EVO adds is two-section legs (yes, really) and two leg angles for low-level shooting. You can get an optional smartphone clamp but its ball head fits directly into regular camera tripod sockets, and it can support compact cameras and small DSLRs, and mirrorless models. Yes, the maximum height is restricted, but it’s super-fast to set up and you can keep it in a jacket pocket! This, or a mini-tripod like it, is the best travel tripod for those who don't want to carry a full-size version.

How to choose the best travel tripod

It’s good to be choosy when picking your perfect travel tripod for your needs and budget. Here’s a few things to bear in mind…

Carbon fiber is pricier than aluminum, but is it worth the extra?

Up-market tripods are usually made from carbon fiber instead of aluminum. They have a more luxurious feel, a smarter looking finish, and can be slightly more resistant to vibrations. Carbon fiber can also feel less cold to the touch. But the main advantage of carbon fiber is that it’s more lightweight than aluminum, giving it a clear advantage when you’re trying to shed weight. However, there can be diminishing returns. Although the weight-saving can be substantial in full-sized tripods, it’s much less noticeable in relatively small tripods. For many travel tripods that are available in both aluminum and carbon fiber options, the latter typically only saves around 200g in weight, little more than 10 per cent. Considering that the carbon fiber editions are often about 50 per cent more expensive to buy, aluminum travel tripods can be more cost effective.

How small is the tripod when folded?

A decade ago, the Giotto’s company launched a series of Vitruvian tripods, named after Leonardo da Vinci’s drawing, ‘The Vitruvian Man’. As in the drawing, the legs swing upwards but, in the case of the Giotto’s tripods they swung up completely, adopting a vertically upright orientation for stowing away. The trick was that, by fully extending the center column before swinging the legs up, the tripod head no longer extended beyond the length of the legs, making the carrying size much smaller. Many recent travel tripods fold down small enough to fit inside a bag or backpack, rather than needing to be tethered to the outside.

Can I save space by using a tripod as a monopod as well?

A neat trick of many recent travel tripods is that you can unscrew one of the tripod legs, detach the center column, and join the two together for use as a monopod, complete with ball head. That can be a real space saver if you like using a monopod as well as a tripod, as you only have to carry one bit of kit.

What’s so good about multi-angle legs?

Pretty much all travel tripods these days have legs that can be locked at multiple angles to the center column. Typically either two or three alternative angles are available, in addition to the legs being able to swing up vertically. This can help when you’re shooting on uneven terrain, or when there are obstacles in the way. For example, you might need to use one or two legs in a near-horizontal orientation and place the feet on a wall or table to get into your desired shooting position. Another bonus is that, by splaying the legs to a wider angle when shooting at low operating heights, you can increase stability and reduce the risk of the tripod toppling over if knocked.

How low can you go when shooting with a tripod?

Multi-angle legs help to reduce the minimum shooting height but the limiting factor is generally the point at which the center column touches the ground. The minimum height is therefore the height of the center column plus the ball head. A two-section extending center column can help to further reduce the minimum operating height, as well as the carrying height.  Some tripods are supplied with a short, stubby ‘low angle adaptor’. You can attach this to the tripod head and use it instead of the center column. The center column is also removable in most tripods, so you can invert it and shoot from between two of the legs with the camera upside down, right down at ground level.

What’s best for feet, pads or spikes?

Rubber pads are the normal footwear for tripods these days. They work well on solid ground as well as on grass and sandy areas. For soft surfaces like carpet, spikes can offer a more assured footing. Some tripods are supplied with both rubber pads and metal spikes, so you can swap between them as needed. Another option that used to be more common in the past is rubber pads on a threaded mount, so you can screw them in to reveal metal spikes beneath.

How we test travel tripods

We measure the maximum operating height of each tripod and its folded height for carrying, complete with head attached. We also measure the combined weight of each set of tripod legs and head, using electronic scales, and measure the diameter of all leg sections, from the widest to the thinnest, using digital calipers.

We check the ease of use, smoothness and precision of all available adjustments in each set of tripod legs and heads. This ranges from adjusting leg sections and pivot facilities (where available), to the locking mechanisms of the head, as well as independent pan and friction damping adjustments, where fitted.

To check overall stability, we shoot with a range of camera bodies fitted with wide-angle, standard, telephoto and macro lenses. We look for good resistance to flexing and vibrations throughout the whole range of operating heights, including the tallest available settings with the legs and center column fully extended.

Get the Digital Camera World Newsletter

The best camera deals, reviews, product advice, and unmissable photography news, direct to your inbox!

  • James Artaius Editor

Related articles

These three things make you look like an amateur photographer

The best travel tripod for 2024: finest lightweight tripods for your camera

The best travel tripods are super-portable camera supports

A selection of the best travel tripods from Manfrotto, Benro and Nova

  • Best overall
  • Best for budget
  • Best Premium
  • Best Design
  • Best Versatility
  • Best Lightweight

How to choose the best travel tripod for you

How we test travel tripods.

1. The list in brief 2. Best overall 3. Best budget 4. Best premium 5. Best design 6. Best for versatility 7. Best lightweight 8. How to choose 9. How we test

Compact size and lightweight build are the name of the best travel tripod game, persuading you to pack one for outdoor adventures rather than leave it at home or in the studio, unlike the best tripods which can be very heavy and unwieldy. 

In 2024, there's the question of whether you need a tripod in the first place. After all, today's best cameras give plenty of reasons to leave the tripod at home , such as excellent high ISO performance and in-body image stablization. But believe us, there's still plenty of reason to fork out for a decent tripod . 

All of the models in this guide stand firm for long exposure photography, sharp photos and hands-free video while being small enough to be stowed in your camera bag . Most options included here are available in aluminium and pricier carbon fiber versions. Because travel tripods are quite small already, the minimal weight saved by using carbon fiber might not be worth the extra outlay of their aluminium counterparts. 

We've tested more than our share of tripods over the years, utilizing them while we're testing cameras and lenses – so we know if one offers incredibly stable shooting and decent value for money. Within this guide, we have gathered the best travel tripod you can buy right now and included further buying advice at the end of the guide.

Tim Coleman

Tim is TechRadar's Cameras editor, with over 15 years in the photo video industry and most of those in the world of tech journalism, Tim has developed a deeply technical knowledge and practical experience with all things camera related. He’s also worked in video production with clients including Canon, and volunteers his spare time to consult a non-profit, diverse stories team based in Nairobi.

The quick list

Short on time? Use our quick round-up below to find the best travel tripod for you. Use the links to jump to our full write-ups for more in-depth coverage.

3 Legged Thing Brian

The best travel tripod overall

The 3-Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 boasts a full height of 73.2 inches / 1.86m and a stylish design. A truly impressive specification for the price.

Read more below

Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium

The best travel tripod for a budget

If you're looking for your first ever tripod, Manfrotto's budget friendly offering ticks all the boxes when it comes to delivering the basics at a good price.

Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1

The best premium travel tripod

Smooth operation and build quality that will last a lifetime make this the best option for those who are happy to pay for the best. 

Peak Design Travel Tripod

The best travel tripod design

As one of the most compact travel tripods around, the Peak Design makes for a great travel companion, albeit at quite a high cost. 

Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB

The best travel tripod for versatility

With an articulating center column, this heavy travel tripod is able to capture unique angles while providing great stability.

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber

The best lightweight travel tripod

A basic offering from Manfrotto that is incredibly lightweight and therefore perfect for taking on your travels.

  • ^ Back to the top

The best Travel Tripods in 2024

Why you can trust TechRadar We spend hours testing every product or service we review, so you can be sure you’re buying the best. Find out more about how we test.

Below, you'll find full write-ups for each of the best travel tripods in our list and a link to a full review. We've tested each one extensively, so you can be sure that our recommendations can be trusted.

3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 tripod with camera attached

1. 3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

When it comes to price and quality, the 3-Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 is hard to beat. For the price, you get an incredible level of versatility with the Brian 2.0, which can transform into a standard tripod, a tall monopod, or even a tabletop tripod when combined with the separately sold Vanz footwear.

The carbon fiber frame is lightweight at 3.70lbs / 1.68kg and provides a maximum height of 73.2 inches / 1.86m. This might be too tall for some, but it's always good to have the option – you don't need to use all the leg sections. Folding away to 16.5-inches / 42cm makes it easy to attach to a bag or throw in a suitcase.

As is custom in the Punks Brian 2.0 range, the tripod is available in either orange, blue, or black, depending on how much you want to stand out.

  • Read our 3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 review

Manfrotto Elements MII tripod stood on grass supporting a mirrorless camera

2. Manfrotto Element MII

The Manfrotto Element MII is a fantastic budget option that does all the basics really well. At only $155 / £109 / AU$259 you're guaranteed to get everything that Manfrotto is known for, including great build quality and a well engineered head. 

The Element MII has replaced the Element Big, a change that sees a reduction in leg sections from five to four. These changes make it easier to set up and pack down. Unfortunately, it's only available in aluminum, which makes for a heavy package considering it's such a compact design.

By offering a fairly basic specification, Manfrotto is delivering simple tripod technology at a great price. Through the Element range of tripods, Manfrotto is trying to appeal to beginners and those on a budget. 

  • Read our Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium review

Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1 tripod on grass with camera supportee

3. Gitzo Traveler Series 1

Professional users looking for one of the best travel tripods should look no further than the Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1. All the boxes are ticked with a lightweight and excellent build, with an impressive extended height.

Oftentimes, with travel tripods, the parts don't function as smoothly as their larger counterparts. This is not the case for the Gitzo Traveler Series 1. Moving from folded to extended is a breeze, and the head is as strong and reliable as you'll ever need it to be. The ball head features separate pan locking, and its 32mm ball diameter is just about large enough to support a full-frame DSLR.

All of this premium quality comes at a price. The Traveler Series 1 costs $680 / £539 / AU$1,154 . 95. If you're in the market for a travel tripod that will last a lifetime and you're prepared to pay for it, then the Traveler Series 1 is a great choice.

  • Read our Gitzo tripod Traveler series 1 review

Peak Design Travel Tripod at minimum height

4. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The Peak Design oozes a unique design that results in it being one of the most compact and lightweight options on the market. Thanks to the shape, the legs fold neatly into each other, which provides a super slim overall diameter.

The head is integral to the tripod, which takes a little bit of getting used to, and it lacks functionality. However, ultra-low-level and tabletop shooting is possible thanks to the centre column design, so although it isn't in the 'best for versatility' category, it would easily be competing for the top overall spot.

With great design comes a high price, especially if you opt for the lighter carbon fiber frame rather than the aluminium alternative. The 5 sectioned legs are strong, delivering all the stability you could need as you're out and about.

  • Read our Peak Design Travel Tripod review

Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB travel tripod at minimum height

5. Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB is heavier and bigger than most of its competitors, something that will put a lot of people off, especially if they're doing a lot of travelling by foot. But with this weight and size comes a high level of stability that is ideal if you're shooting long exposures or time lapses.

One of the main things we love about this travel tripod is the articulating arm , which makes it possible to shoot at ground level. This is great for capturing unique and creative camera angles that would otherwise be impossible without defaulting to handheld.

Thanks to the ability to unscrew one of the legs, this travel tripod is also a very capable monopod, making it a highly versatile offering.

  • Read our Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB travel tripod review 

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fibre Travel Tripod at minimum height

6. Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber

At 1.25kg, this carbon fiber travel tripod is as lightweight as it gets, perfect for taking with you on your travels. It can also fit into small spaces, with a foldable length of just 41cm. If you're after a tripod that blends into the background and doesn't bother you on long journeys, then Manfrotto Befree Advanced will be great.

The lack of weight and size usually results in poor stability, something that isn't the case with this tripod. The legs are rigid and robust, which is not always guaranteed on a travel tripod.

There is no getting around it; this is a basic tripod with limited features. With no monopog leg option and a limited maximum height, it might be worth going for the slightly heavier 3 Legged Thing Brian 2.0 Travel Tripod. But if all simply need a basic support, which is true for most photographers moist the time, then this is a great option.

  • Read our Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod review

3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 leg lock

What to look for in a travel tripod

Choosing the best travel tripod isn't just about selecting the smallest and lightest model. Indeed, picking the lightest legs isn't always the best plan. Marginally heavier alternatives won't be a noticeable burden, but they can provide much more rigidity and versatility. 

Most of these tripods use a carbon fiber construction to save weight, but this ups the price. Some models also have aluminum counterparts. Each includes a compact ball head, but check carefully: a ball that's too small for a larger DSLR will become a precarious balancing act.

What makes a travel tripod

A neat trick shared by the vast majority of current tripods is that the legs swing fully upwards for stowage. The idea is that you first extend the centre column, then swing the legs up, so that the tripod’s feet end up encircling the head. This reduces the overall carrying length by up to 10cm or 4 inches. Indeed, many of the best travel tripods shrink down to about 30-40cm, making them small enough to fit inside a camera bag or rucksack, rather than needing to be tethered to the outside causing your bag to be unbalanced.

To give them a useful operating height, despite their small carrying size, most travel tripods feature four or even five telescopic sections per leg. Some go further still, with a two-section extending centre column. This naturally enables a greater maximum operating height, so you can be sure no matter how high your camera needs to be it will be able to get the shot you want.

The drawbacks are that each telescoping joint is an area of potential weakness, reducing rigidity, and the bottom leg sections are likely to be quite thin and spindly. A large number of twist or clip locks for all the sections also demands more time for setting up the tripod and folding it down again. 

Do I even need a tripod?

Today's very best mirrorless cameras and computational photography modes especially in smartphones and the OM System OM-1 that go a long way to eliminating the need for a tripod. We list 5 reasons why photographers no longer need a tripod that includes super-effective in-body image stablization for handheld shooting even with professional high-resolution cameras, in-camera HDR modes so you no longer need to do multi-shot exposure stacking, plus improved image quality at high ISOs. 

However, there are times and photography effects that still require a tripod. Tripods can be crucial for studio photography and for video work in general where you can lock off the camera in position for long periods and free up your hands. The same goes for long exposure photography, staging group photos, plus the times you need free hands to attach or remove accessories from your camera, like lens filters and mics. 

Significant advances in camera tech have put the once necessary photography accessory under threat, but there will still be a place for tripods for a long time yet. 

Tripods only have a fairly limited number of features. Despite that, we like to make sure we've tested every single part and compared them to others to see where each one stands apart from the rest.

We make sure to test our travel tripods over a period of time using a range of different cameras and lens combinations. Some tripods will be fine with specific cameras, but not others. By testing multiple types, we're able to see how ubiquitous each one is.

The process of folding and unfolding travel tripods is something that travellers have to do all the time. We therefore go through this process numerous times to see how each one feels and functions. 

Some tripods have features that are truly unique, such as the articulating center column on the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234CB. Whatever the feature, we put it through its paces to see if it puts it above its competitors.

We do all of this while travelling around and thinking like photographers on the go. This helps us to make comments that are helpful for making informed buying decisions.

Get daily insight, inspiration and deals in your inbox

Get the hottest deals available in your inbox plus news, reviews, opinion, analysis and more from the TechRadar team.

Timothy Coleman

Tim is the Cameras editor at TechRadar. He has enjoyed more than 15 years in the photo video industry with most of those in the world of tech journalism. During his time as Deputy Technical Editor with Amateur Photographer, as a freelancer and consequently editor at Tech Radar, Tim has developed a deeply technical knowledge and practical experience with cameras, educating others through news, reviews and features. He’s also worked in video production for Studio 44 with clients including Canon, and volunteers his spare time to consult a non-profit, diverse stories team based in Nairobi. Tim is curious, a keen creative, avid footballer and runner, and moderate flat white drinker who has lived in Kenya and believes we have much to enjoy and learn from each other. 

  • Mark Wilson Senior news editor
  • Paul Hatton Freelance writer

Manfrotto Element MII Aluminium review: superb value

Gomatic McKinnon Camera Pack 35L review: one for the road

The Nintendo Switch 2 should bring back one of the 3DS's best features

Most Popular

By Barclay Ballard February 28, 2024

By Barclay Ballard February 27, 2024

By Krishi Chowdhary February 26, 2024

By Barclay Ballard February 26, 2024

By Barclay Ballard February 24, 2024

By Barclay Ballard February 23, 2024

By Barclay Ballard February 22, 2024

By Barclay Ballard February 21, 2024

  • 2 TCL's new mini-LED TV is a gamer's dream, with 144Hz gaming, Dolby Atmos and 3,500 nits of brightness
  • 3 The Dragon's Dogma 2 community has united under the banner of rotten food to combat the spread of Dragonsplague
  • 4 IKEA's affordable new smart LED wall panel is an impressively versatile mood light
  • 5 New iPad Air and iPad Pros look set to launch very soon – here’s why
  • 2 Buying a new TV in 2024? Make it a Sony
  • 3 Gear up for the AI gaming revolution with AORUS 16X and GIGABYTE G6X
  • 4 Programmers got PSP games running on the PlayStation Portal, then “responsibly reported” the exploit so it could be patched
  • 5 Apple TV Plus just added 30 more classic movies to its library – here are 7 to stream first

best travel tripod lightweight

shotkitlogo

The leading authority in photography and camera gear.

Become a better photographer.

12.9 Million

Annual Readers

Newsletter Subscribers

Featured Photographers

Photography Guides & Gear Reviews

The New York Times

7 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Trip – Lightweight & Strong

Traveling with a tripod may not be convenient, but it can open the doors for creative photography or video. Here are 7 great options that won't weigh you down.

Camera Gear Guides | Tripod & Monopod Guides | By Mark Condon | Last Updated: April 2, 2024

To find the best travel tripods of the year, I tested over 50 different models from various brands at different price points

From the latest lightweight carbon fiber tripod to budget aluminium models, this guide will help you choose the best way to stabilise your camera while not sacrificing weight and space.

travel tripod by peak design being held in hand

Great stability, useful features and compact design takes up less space in your travel bag. Available in carbon fiber or aluminium with life-time warranty.

A good camera tripod will let you blur flowing water or star trails for beautiful long-exposure photography, create an engaging time-lapse video, capture panoramic landscapes, or even take a self-portrait.

Tripods allow you to get sharper and clearer photos than shooting handheld, especially in low-light environments.

A great tripod for travel should be strong, compact, and lightweight to carry mirrorless and DSLR cameras with long lenses attached with minimal vibrations.

The top models should also offer unique features to make your shooting experience more efficient and enjoyable.

Based on my testing and independent research, here are the tripods you should consider for your next trip.

(I’ll update this list as new models are released, so keep checking back.)

Table of Contents

I’ve been a professional photographer for over 10 years, having traveled all over the world to shoot weddings.

Whenever I fly, I like to pack the lightest tripod available with a height and sturdiness that suits my needs for the event.

Over the years, I’ve used many different tripods, from budget to high-end.

For this guide, I reviewed a mixture of tripods I own alongside those supplied by various brands.

This is a summary of what I consider to be the best tripods for traveling the world, based on various essential factors outlined below.

Stick to the travel tripods on this list to narrow your choices to the top options for the average traveling photographer/filmmaker, and remember the following factors when choosing:

  • Size (when folded) – The smaller, the better for packability.
  • Height – closest to the user’s eye level is best if sturdiness/strength is maintained. Min height allows macro/close-up work.
  • Weight – the lighter, the better if sturdiness/strength is preserved. Between 1 and 1.5 kg offers good strength to weight.
  • Build – a carbon fiber travel tripod is lighter and stronger than the aluminium equivalent, but also more expensive.
  • Sturdiness is measured by rigidity under load vs. maximum weight capacity and the number of leg sections (less is better).
  • Value for money – the price is justified based on overall quality. It is within the budget of the average travel photographer or backpacker.
  • Additional Tripod Features – anything unique that adds value.

The best portable tripod will be different for each person reading this article – only you will know which of the factors above are most important to your needs.

What is the Best Travel Tripod in 2024?

1. peak design | best travel tripod for mirrorless or dslr cameras.

A person's hand holding a compact tripod with a camera mounted on it against a gray background.

Material:  Carbon fiber or aluminum alloy | Maximum height: 153cm / 60.2″ | Minimum height: 14cm / 5.5″| Folded length: 39cm / 15.3″ | Weight: (Alu) 1.56kg / 3.4 lb (CF) 1.27kg / 2.79lb | Feet: Pads (spikes optional extra) | Number of leg sections:  5 |  Max load: 9kg / 19.8lb | Further Testing: Peak Design Travel Tripod Review

  • Ultra-compact storage
  • Well-built and durable
  • Quick to deploy
  • Unique & innovative features
  • Feels great to use
  • Good maximum extended height
  • Often out of stock
  • Carrying case is tight
  • Size: 10/10

The standout feature of this highly portable tripod is its unique ability to collapse into a tubular unit, similar in diameter to a can of beans.

When folded, there’s none of the ‘dead space’ which is typical of other tripods – it’s svelte enough to slide into the water bottle holder of the Peak Design travel backpack , with no protruding ball head and ultra-compact quick-release plate. Folded height is impressive, at only 39cm.

Users of travel tripods are sensitive to the packed volume of the tripod – this is where the Peak Design tripod excels.

  • Max Height: 9/10

At full extension (153cm), it’s among the taller tripods for cameras tested – tall enough for comfortable usage while still retaining good rigidity. It’s best to avoid extending center columns if possible, particularly on windy days, but this is the case with all lightweight tripods.

  • Weight: 8/10

Both the aluminum and carbon fiber travel tripods are relatively lightweight – there are certainly lighter products, but they often sacrifice strength and rigidity. The 29g weight saving for the carbon fiber tripod for camera use may not be worth the extra price

  • Build: 10/10

As with all Peak Design products, the Travel Tripod is very well-designed and built. There’s also a lifetime guarantee – perfect peace of mind for backpackers and frequent travelers. Also great as a tripod for spotting scope use.

  • Sturdiness: 9/10

Despite having 5 leg sections, the stiffness and damping of the Peak Design Travel Tripod is impressive.

With a maximum load capacity of 9kg, you can safely support any camera + zoom lens. In high winds, there’s a hook beneath the center column to hang a weight, like your backpack.

It’s the best tripod for mirrorless camera users based on average mirrorless body sizes and lenses. Some flagship DSLR cameras combined with heavy telephoto lenses may unbalance it, but these are minority cases.

  • Features: 10/10

Four images showcasing various features and accessories of a collapsible tripod: one image displays the tripod folded, another focuses on a hand holding a mounting plate, a third shows a close-up of the tripod's.

Innovative features that don’t exist on other travel tripods. (Bottom left: smartphone holder concealed in centre column.)

In testing, I found that the Peak Design tripod still has the most unique and useful features of any other lightweight tripod.

It’s undoubtedly the best camera tripod for anyone who values original design quirks, despite the fact that other DSLR tripod brands have frequently mimicked it since its release.

The stem of the ball head nestles between the tops of the tripod legs when collapsed, ensuring no protrusions and compact storage.

Lever locks can be controlled with one hand while you adjust the camera angle with the other, making adjustment of locking angles fast and efficient.

Legs slide in and out smoothly, and leg locks are strong yet easy to open – full deployment of all 5 sections is very fast.

The Center column hook conceals a mobile phone holder  neatly tucked away.

Rubber feet are replaceable for spikes, and the column can be inverted for macro photography camera setups. Even the protective case is well-designed, with all-over padding and not an inch of superfluous material.

The unique rounded design with legs that tuck away neatly makes this my pick of the best backpacking tripod.

Sliding it in and out of a side pocket is so much easier than even the most compact travel tripod – since nothing is ‘sticking out’, it’s almost like you’re stowing a smooth waterbottle.

  • Value: 8/10

An online discussion where users are sharing their opinions and experiences regarding customer service and product quality of a specific company. one user expresses satisfaction despite high prices, while another user concurs, highlighting the company's.

Reddit users agree that the Peak Design Tripod is worth it despite the high price.

This is by no means a budget tripod – you’re paying for a unique design and innovative features that don’t exist on other models.

A lifetime warranty is a huge benefit, making the price tag more justifiable.

The aluminium model is the best bang for your buck, although carbon fiber feels/looks better and has a slight weight advantage (I own the carbon fiber tripod).

Final Score: 64/70

Truly one of a kind, beating all other travel tripods with a unique space-saving body / ball-head design, fast leg deployment, impressive strength-to-weight ratio, and overall good looks, giving it that desirable x-factor. Lifetime warranty is a huge benefit. Highly recommended as the best lightweight tripod for backpacking.

Check the latest price >>

2. HEIPI 3-in-1 | Best Travel Tripod for Stability

A person is holding a collapsed black tripod against a wooden plank background.

Material: Carbon fiber (aluminium sub tripod) | Maximum height: 149cm / 59″ | Minimum height: 14.5cm / 5.7″| Folded length: 44.5cm / 17.5″ | Weight: 1.35kg / 2.97lb | Feet: Pads and spikes | Number of leg sections:  5 |  Max load: 25g / 55lb | Further Testing: HEIPI tripod review

  • Stable and solid construction
  • Useful and unique sub tripod
  • Efficient locking ring
  • Impressive maximum load
  • Hidden mobile mount
  • 2 tripods for price of one
  • Currently available on Indiegogo only
  • Slightly larger/heavier than Peak Design’s

With a similar tubular design to the Peak Design travel tripod, the HEIPI saves space in your backpack by eliminating any gaps between folded legs and retracted ball head.

Everything tucks in perfectly, allowing it to slide into its carrying case easily (much better than Peak’s overly tight one).

150cm is decent as a maximum height, but as with the other options, it still means tall photographers will need to stoop a little.

With a carbon fiber body and aluminium subtripod, the HEIPI is light at 1.35kgs (1.2kgs without the sub tripod).

This is a sweet spot for lightweight travel without sacrificing on stability in higher winds or grassy/unlevel ground.

However, for truly lightweight travel, there are lighter options.

The HEIPI feels very well built, with the legs sliding in and out smoothly and leg locks securing everything in place with confidence.

The ball head is robust and durable and looks like it can stand consistent outdoor use and the rigours of travel.

A promotional image featuring an innovative 3-in-1 design for a camera support system, showcasing its different configurations: the main tripod, sub tripod, and ball head.

All 3 component pieces work with 3rd party accessories (3/8″) – slider, ball heads, tripods, etc.

  • Sturdiness: 10/10

Here’s where the HEIPI excels and is unique among the tripods I tested.

A separate aluminium ‘subtripod’ is set inside the main tripod, adding to its rigidity when retracted.

When extended, since there are 3 legs in place of a regular singular centre column, it’s 3x as stable as other travel tripods.

Due to the increased stability, I consider it to be the best tripod for astrophotography at this price.

It’s also the best travel tripod for DSLR users who need something strong while remaining portable.

A collage of four images displaying different components of a black tripod, including the ball head, quick release plate, folded legs, and leg adjusters.

The subtripod is extended and deployed by a centre column lock ring, easily rotatable with a couple of hand twists.

Opening it completely releases the subtripod, which can be used for low-angle, macro photography, or even as a mini tripod for use on a table.

When used in conjunction with the main tripod, the subtripod adds rigidity far superior to using a single centre column. This is currently the only travel tripod with this feature.

Rubber feet can be screwed open to reveal spiked feet for use on sand, ice, grass or snow. You also get 3x hex keys, a water-repellent soft case, and a quick-release plate.

The detachable ball head is like an extra accessory that can be used on either tripod—the main one or the sub one.

There’s a handy bubble level and even a counterweight hook which allows you to add some extra stability by hanging your bag under the tripod.

By no means a budget tripod, the HEIPI is a high-quality product and is priced accordingly. It’s great value for a carbon fiber tripod with this many features.

Remember that you’re essentially getting two tripods for the price of one (the mini tripod is useful and unique, fitting snugly into the main one).

It’s currently only available on the HEIPI site, but it’s still a good deal cheaper than the equivalent carbon fiber Peak Design Travel Tripod.

Final Score: 65/70

Innovative one-of-a-kind concealed subtripod design provides stability when extended and retracted and offers two-for-one functionality. Excellent maximum payload means you can attach heavier cameras and telephoto lenses with no issues. Compact, space-saving design is perfect for backpacking.

3. 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey | Best Tripod for Backpacking

A dslr camera mounted on a tripod with a colorful graffiti wall in the background, alongside an image of a handheld massaging device.

Material: Magnesium alloy | Maximum height: 147.5cm / 58″ | Minimum height: 18.5cm7.2″  Folded length: 35cm / 13.67″ | Weight: 1.5kg / 3.4 lb | Feet: Pads (spikes optional extra) | Number of leg sections: 5 (+ 2 section column) | Max load: 14kg / 30lb | Further Testing: 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey Review

  • Multiple attachment points
  • Stylish design
  • Strong legs
  • 14kg maximum load capacity
  • Bubble level
  • Colours not for every taste

Designed specifically for travel and lightweight backpacking, the Punks Corey packs down to an impressive 35cm / 13.67″, with the legs folding back 180 degrees over the center column, helping to create a slim overall packed diameter for your camera bag .

  • Max Height: 8/10

At (147.5cm / 58″) extended height, the 3 Legged Thing is tall enough for comfortable usage while still having good rigidity.

Legs can be positioned at multiple locking angles or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography .

At 1.5kg / 3.4 lb, the Punks Corey is a lightweight travel tripod for photographers who prefer to travel carry-on only. Its size/weight make it ideal as a backpacking tripod.

Aircraft-grade magnesium alloy construction is unique for travel tripods, offering excellent durability and one of the best strength:weight ratios. Excellent ball head design.

With 5 leg sections and a unique 2 section center column, the 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey maintains great rigidity. A unique detachable d-ring under the column allows you to hang extra weight for increased stability. Impressive maximum load capacity of 14 kg / 30 lb.

A collage of four images displaying various models of tripods and tripod heads used for mounting and stabilizing cameras.

Unique design and useful details make for a fun and functional tripod for backpacking.

Twist locks offer fast leg deployment. Double center column increases rigidity and allows efficient fine-tuning of overall height. Fast-adjusting AirHed Neo ball head with grippy knobs.

Precision-engineered leg lock system offers excellent stability and rigidity. 2 spirit levels (head/leg) for precise leveling. Ergonomic ‘bubble’ grip leg locks for all-weather use. Detachable monopod .

Invertible column for macro camera setups. 1/4″ screw foot with multiple accessory options. Tri-mount plate with hollowed spurs for clipping on accessories. Durable drawstring bag. ‘Toolz’ multi-tool, including hex key, coin key, key ring, carabiner, and bottle opener! Available in multiple attractive colours.

  • Value: 9/10

Good value to suit most budgets. 5-year limited warranty against manufacturing defects.

Final Score: 63/70

Detachable monopod leg, the ability to splay the legs completely for low-angle work, unique detailing, friction control knob design, excellent strength:weight ratio and overall efficiency in use. Highly recommended lightweight travel tripod for backpacking.

4. Leofoto LS224C | Best Lightweight Travel Tripod for DSLR or Mirrorless Cameras

A camera tripod with extended legs on a textured gray background.

Material: Carbon Fiber |  Maximum height: 127cm / 50″ | Minimum height: 119cm / 47″ | Folded length: 47.5cm / 18.7″ | Weight: 1.42 kg (3.14 lbs) | Feet: Pads & Spikes | Number of leg sections: 4 | Max load: 6kg / 13.2 lb

  • Lightweight & compact
  • Sturdier than competitors
  • Great ball head
  • Unique removable centre-column
  • Spiked feet included
  • Lighter max load

At a folded length of only 47.5cm / 18.7″, the Leofoto tripod folds down nice and compact with everything fitting snugly into its included carry bag.

Since the centre column is removable and optional, there’s no negative space between all 3 legs, meaning that the folded tripod occupies much less volume when folded up.

The Lefoto tripod’s height is around 127cm / 50″, which is average among the tripods we tested. As with all travel tripods that focus on weight-saving and compactness, it’s not advisable to use the centre column for optimal stability unless the ground is completely even/stable and there’s zero wind.

  • Weight: 10/10

The Leofoto LS224C is the lightest travel tripod I tested and much lighter than most others at its price point. Available only in carbon fiber, it weighs in at an impressive 1.42 kg (3.14 lbs) with the ball head installed, making it perfect for all-day backpacking or tight airline carry-on luggage allowances while traveling.

If you need an ultralight tripod for backpacking or solo travel, this is the model to get – it’s the best lightweight tripod for traveling I’ve come across.

  • Build: 9/10

You may not have heard of Leofoto, but it’s a brand of Laitu Photographic, a manufacturer that has been making tripods and accessories since 2014. The LS224C is very well built and feels great when extending the legs. The leg hinge joints are nice and stiff, inspiring confidence when setting the Leofoto up.

Close-up view of a black tripod showing its three-legged structure and central pivot mechanism with a camera mounting plate, isolated against a white background.

Everything feels very stable on the Leofoto when the legs are fully deployed, and the centre column is unattached.

Obviously, this will reduce the tripod’s overall height, but it’s a small sacrifice for the greatly improved stability.

A comparison chart highlighting various tripod models with specifications and scores, with one model, leofoto ls-284c, distinctly selected with an orange border.

Source: The Center Column

As can be seen in the screenshot above, David from the Center Column rated the LeoFoto’s stiffness alongside much more expensive travel tripods.

  • Features: 9/10

The LS224C is one of the few travel tripods we’ve seen that haven’t been designed around a centre column.

This is a great space-saver when packing light since the tripod can have its legs folded closer together, reducing the overall volume it occupies.

The twist locks on the leg joints don’t need to be twisted more than 1/4 of a turn before the legs release, making the tripod deployment fast and simple.

Leg locks can be pulled out to unlock the legs for them to be splayed to 55, then 85 degrees for close-up photography.

The rubber feet can be replaced with the included steel spikes for use on grass or soft ground – a nice feature not commonly seen on travel tripods at this price point.

Overall, this lightweight camera tripod ticks a lot of boxes making it a great buy no matter what genre of photography you’re involved in.

  • Value: 10/10

With this kind of performance and features from such a light tripod for travel, it’s surprising to hear that the LS284C is available for under $200.

For such a compact tripod that weighs less and performs better than others twice its price, it’s incredible value for money.

Great build quality, impressively lightweight and stiffer than its competition. If you can get past the relatively unknown brand name, it’s an absolute bargain.

5. ZOMEI Z699C | Best Budget Travel Tripod for Beginners

A black tripod lies collapsed on a grassy surface.

Material: Carbon fiber |  Maximum height: 152cm / 60″ | Minimum height: 35cm / 3.7″ | Folded length: 35cm / 15″ | Weight: 1.3kg / 3.3lb | Feet: Pads and spikes | Number of leg sections:  5 | Max load: 15kg / 33lb | Further testing: Zomei Z699C Review 

  • Great value for money
  • Great for beginners
  • Folds up nice and small
  • Super light weight
  • Converts to monopod
  • Low quality protective bag
  • Not ideal for cold weather/gloved operation

Folded up, the Zomei Z699C is compact enough to suit any small camera backpack . Folded height (35cm / 15″) makes it the smallest travel tripod I tested. Having a small tripod is great for traveling carry-on only, which is my preferred way to fly.

At full extension (152cm / 60″), the Zomei tripod is tall enough for comfortable usage while still retaining good rigidity.

Legs can be locked at multiple angles, or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography.

  • Weight: 9/10

At just 1.3kg / 3.3 lb, the plastic tripod head helps keep weight down. Carbon fiber construction offers the best weight savings.

Carbon fiber tripods are stiffer, lighter, more weather/corrosion/scratch-resistant, and in general, stronger than aluminium. They also look and feel nicer.

  • Build: 7/10

Legs slide smoothly, and locks on each leg can be deployed all at once with one hand.

Grips could be larger/grippier for cold-weather / gloved operation. Leg grips are a nice addition and provides padding when in transit.

The plastic ball head is basic but includes bubble level. The protective bag feels low-quality but does its job.

Good rigidity and center column hook for additional stability.

Surprisingly sturdy considering its lightness – max load of 15kg / 33lb can support any camera/lens combination.

  • Features: 7/10

Photography equipment including a camera lens, tripod, and tripod head displayed on a wooden surface.

The Zomei features everything most traveling photographers need.

Reverse folding design. Monopod conversion. Multiple leg angles, including inverted macro. Contoured rubber feet for flat and metal ‘spikes’ for outdoor/uneven surfaces.

Twist locks are great for fast deployment.

The Zomei Z699C is a great-value compact carbon fiber tripod . You won’t find carbon fiber at this build quality for less. It’s the best cheap travel tripod when you still need high quality and the best budget tripod for travel I’ve come across so far this year.

Final Score: 61/70

If you’re looking for great bang your buck this is the best affordable travel tripod. Details aren’t as impressive as higher priced rivals, but operation is decent and size/weight/strength are competitive. Easy and enjoyable to use for beginners.

6. Manfrotto Befree Live | Best Travel Tripod for Video

Black tripod with red accents standing on a textured surface, with one leg extended outwards.

Material: Aluminum / Carbon Fiber |  Maximum height: 150cm / 59.06″ | Minimum height: 40cm / 15.75″ | Folded length: 40cm / 15.75″ | Weight: (Alu) 1.76kg / 3.9lb (CF) 1.36kg / 3lb | Feet: Pads | Number of leg sections:  5 | Max load: 3.9kg / 8.8lb

  • M-Lock twist-lock system quick and convenient
  • Fluid head tripod for smooth video panning
  • Included carry bag
  • Levelling ball joint for accurate alignment
  • Hook for attaching accessories
  • Fluid arm position can be adjusted
  • No convertible feet
  • No friction adjustment for panning

When folded down, the BeFree Live is a relatively compact tripod, especially considering it has that all-important fluid head and lever for smooth video panning movements.

However, the legs and head do not rest snuggly against the central core, making the entire volume of the unit larger than the other travel tripods we tested,

You could remove the tripod head completely to allow the legs to sit closer together if you want to pack it even tighter.

At 150cm / 59.06″, the maximum height is comparable to other travel tripods at this price point.

With its compact folded length of only 40cm / 15.75″, the height should be good enough for most travel photography.

The head itself weighs only 380g (0.84 lbs) which is really light for a fluid head and can hold up to 3.9kg / 8.8lb. As for the total weight of (Alu) 1.76kg / 3.9lb (CF) 1.36kg / 3lb, these are respectable for travel tripods for video.

There’s no need to opt for the carbon fiber model unless owning the most lightweight tripod is a top priority to you.

  • Build: 8/10

Being a Manfrotto tripod, the BeFree Live is well-made and feels good in the hand when deploying the twist-lock leg sections.

The inverse foldable leg design is easy to operate, and everything sits nicely in the included carry bag.

  • Sturdiness: 8/10

We tested the Manfrotto BeFree Live with a Sony a7IV and 24-70mm f/2.8 lens in average winds, and it performed well.

Unless you’re using a camera/lens setup that exceeds the max load, you shouldn’t have any issues with how sturdy it is.

  • Features: 8/10

The arm of the fluid head can be fully adjusted, so it’s in the right position when you’re positioning the tripod.

When using the tilt control, there’s a tightening knob to open it up fully for a nice and smooth tilting movement.

The fluid head fits onto other travel tripods, so if you need to swap it for whatever reason, it’s simple to do so. There’s also a bubble level for precise setups.

It also features a feature called ‘Easy Link’ (standard 3/8” attachment) for optional accessories and a hook to attach a weight for stabilization.

At around $270, the BeFree Video is excellent value for money if you’re looking for travel tripods with fluid heads for shooting video.

Sure, you may be able to find cheaper, but it won’t be from such a reputable brand as Manfrotto. It’s the best video tripod at this price, and highly recommended.

Final Score: 57/70

The BeFree line of travel tripods is enormously popular, and this is the version intended for video shooters. Manfrotto is synonymous with making high-quality tripods, and the BeFree Live is no exception, available for a great price for backpackers who need a decent travel tripod for video.

7. Joby GripTight One GorillaPod | Best Phone Tripod for Hiking

A flexible, black tripod with a smartphone mount attached is hanging on a textured gray wall.

Material: Plastic/Aluminum | Dimension: 1.34 x 1.57 x 6.50 in  Weight: 71 g (0.16 lbs) |  Max load: 325 g (0.72 lbs)

  • Flexible legs
  • Fits all smartphones
  • Durable build
  • Works as hand grip for vlogging
  • Only 1-year warranty

As a mini (aka tabletop) tripod kit, the Gorillapod GripTight One is a lot smaller than other travel tripods and takes up little room in your travel bag – it’s so small, in fact, that it can fit easily into your pocket.

This makes it my top pick as best hiking tripod, when you don’t want to burden your backpack with a full sized light weight tripod.

  • Height: 5/10

A small camera tripod such as a Gorillapod doesn’t have a fully extended height since it’s intended to be used with the legs partially splayed or bent to wrap around thin objects. It’s also an ‘attached’ ball head tripod, meaning that you can’t change the ball head for another.

Either way, you’ll usually be either crouching down or trying to find something higher to secure it to or balance it on.

It’s the best compact tripod if you’re really limited in space in your backpack or just need something to carry in a jacket pocket.

Weighing in at a tiny 71 g (0.16 lbs), this flexible tripod can be taken on every travel adventure without a second thought. It’s the best hiking tripod, so long as you don’t mind the lack of extension.

Made from ABS Plastic, Stainless Steel and TPE, the Gorillapod is the best tripod for travel when camera bag space is at a minimum. Obviously, it’s not as robustly built as some of the heavy-duty tripods , but it doesn’t need to be.

  • Sturdiness: 7/10

The GripTight is designed for any smartphone, with or without a case (56mm – 91mm), such as all the modern iPhones and Samsung Galaxy devices. Leg joints are stable and strong, but you’ll need to find thin tubular objects to wrap them around or flat surfaces for optimum stability (since all leg lengths are identical).

The base of the mount features a 1/4″-20 standard tripod mount meaning that you can attach it to other travel tripods if you need some extra height.

Other than that, the key feature is the ability to wrap the legs around thin objects or use them all together as a handy grip while filming.

If you’re after the most portable camera tripod, nothing beats a Gorillapod, which can fit in a jacket pocket.

If you’re looking for the best tripod for hiking that is able to stand up taller like a traditional tripod, you’ll need look elsewhere on this list.

At less than $25, the GripTight One is amazing value for money, and the 1-year warranty is adequate for regular travel. This makes it the best mini tripod for anyone on a tight budget.

Final Score: 59/70

Gorillapods allow you to secure your camera to objects for a variety of shooting angles and added convenience when traveling alone. Rubberized ball joints provide grippy finger placement for one-handed selfies and vlogging.

FAQs about Travel Tripods

Do I need a tripod for travel photography?

Yes, a tripod will help you take better photos in low light when traveling by stabilizing your camera and reducing movement. This will allow you to use a slower shutter speed to capture more light without having to rely on a higher ISO which can introduce noise into your images.

A tripod can also be useful when taking timed shots or self-portraits, allowing you to include yourself in your travel photos.

That said, you can use any nearby object as a camera stand – rocks, walls, even the ground – as long as you don’t need adjustable elevation or optimal stability, you can use pretty much anything as a make-shift tripod.

How heavy should a travel tripod be?

It’s important to have a lightweight tripod for travel, so the usual trade-off between having a stiffer/more stable tripod that is heavier isn’t so relevant. As long as the tripod is strong enough to hold your camera and lens without swaying, try and find the lightest tripod you can – this will make your traveling experience more enjoyable.

How do travel tripods differ from regular tripods?

They are typically lighter, have more compact dimensions when folded, and are designed for easy transportation. Regular tripods might offer more stability and height but are usually heavier and bulkier.

Can travel tripods support DSLR cameras?

Yes, many are sturdy enough to support DSLR cameras and lenses, but it’s important to check the tripod’s weight capacity to ensure it meets your gear’s needs.

How do you stabilize a tripod?

You should set up the tripod on stable ground and only extend the number of leg sections that are absolutely required – try and avoid the centre column at all costs. If your tripod has a hook, hang something relatively heavy from it, such as your camera bag – just don’t exceed the maximum weight capacity.

Also, you obviously already know how many legs a tripod has , but do you know why they have 3 legs? It’s for optimum stability.

Are travel tripods stable in windy conditions?

While they are designed for portability and may not be as stable as heavier studio models, many come with features like hook weights for added stability in windy conditions.

Can travel tripods be taken on airplanes?

Yes, they are designed to fit into luggage or attach to backpacks, making them suitable for air travel. However, always check with your airline for specific carry-on restrictions.

How do I maintain my travel tripod?

Regular maintenance includes cleaning the legs and joints, checking for loose parts, and, if necessary, lubricating the moving parts according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Always ensure it’s dry before folding it away to prevent rust or corrosion.

You'll Also Like These:

best_heavy_duty_tripod_stand

Mark Condon is a British wedding photographer and editor of Shotkit. When he’s not taking photos or reviewing the latest camera gear and software, Mark can be found cycling around the northern rivers.

50 Comments

Hi, Thanks for this amazing piece of product. Last morning I was trying to find out which tripod is the best lightweight tripod that I should go for. Your article was very useful in this regard.

I started to learn about photography recently, but mostly by myself with the help of the internet. And I’m looking to buy a tripod for it. But until now I have no idea which type I should take on. Because everything looks good nowadays. I might buy the small and the big one, as I wanted to try vlogging and even take photography more seriously. I really want to think before investing money on them, because I have a problem with budgeting sometimes especially when everything seems like a good item to invest in.

Ah yes, paralysis of decision! I know it well, Lala… Why not just go for my number one recommendation, or the second option on the list (which is slightly cheaper)?

Sirui T025X. Only 752grams and folds to 30.5cm. Max height 1.3m. Great for mirrorless. I’ve been using it for couple years now and its always with me everyday.

Ah yep, some Sirui reviews coming here soon actually Izham. They’re great value for money.

A great comprehensive review thanks for sharing

Glad you liked it, David :-)

What would be your thoughts on this tripod? My friend told me to give it a try but I’m not sure if it would be good from my small camera (the camera is pretty light).

Thanks in advance

Hey Roland! What is your camera/lens? It looks like an ok tripod, but depends on what weight you attach to it.

After reading the travel tripod reviews I purchased a ZOMEI Z699C tripod for my travels. On the first trip the bottom section of one leg dropped off. It rolled off a jetty and was lost in the sea so I couldn’t recover it. Zomei is not responding to my emails concerning either a warranty claim or the supply of a replacement leg for a repair.

Hey Robert – when you say it dropped off, did you loosen the leg to the point where it came off? All tripods listed here will behave in the same way if you keep twisting and twisting a leg. I can reach out to Zomei on your behalf, but it depends on the circumstances surrounding the incident.

Hi mark, you have put great effort but please also guide me that which is best shooting tripod among these with good quality and affordable price.

What are your criteria Rachel?

Thanks for the write up! I just purchased the Manfrotto MTPIXI-B PIXI Mini which was actually surprisingly cheap for a Manfrotto product. I plan on using it for Vlogs and my upcoming trip to NZ

Sure thing Lewis. I have that Pixi too – it’s a great alternative to the Gorillapod when you need something a little simpler.

I suppose there is a mistake in data about Gorilla weight.

Great spot Gienio! Thank you – I’ve fixed it now.

Here is my issue. I want a more compact version of the alta pro, something that is more between 3 and 4 lbs. Just not gonna happen. LOL.

Season’s Greetings! While the Oben CT3535 Carbon Fiber Tripod is good for a mirrorless or small DSLR with a smaller lens than the typical 70-200mm zoom, a much more robust Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod than CAN handle any 70-200 f/2.8 zoom on any DSLR or mirrorless camera, is the FLM CP26. It is absolutely Awesome, and the ball head has numerous features, some of which are unique to the brand, such as a Pan function that can ratchet 360 degrees in 15-degree increments…great for precise panoramas! It is superbly well made, a marvel of engineering and design! Highly recommended. FLM-Canada supplies the US. Happy Holidays!

If i’m not mistaken, the vanguard pro isn’t a travel tripod. This review is a bit misleading.

Actually, I stand corrected – maybe I should of read the start of the review!

Great review btw.

Is the Zomei review of the 669 or the 699? Obviously you mention the 699 a lot but the link and specs seem to be for the 669.

Hey Irvin, it’s the 699. I’ll double check those links – thanks for pointing that out!

Where are the tripods from 3 Legged Thing? I’ve got three different of them for different purposes. :)

Hey Peter, I intend to update this list in 2018 with a couple from 3LT – great tripods, I agree.

I spent ages assessing tripods before buying one a couple of years ago, so I was pleased my decision of a MeFoto Roadtrip was validated by your review which I just read now.

I’m completely happy with it, but I have to say, I bought a third party swiss arca plate. The one that comes with the tripod is virtually useless. Not only do you need a tool to tighten it, as you point out, but the rubber grip doesn’t protrude enough from the base to actually provide any traction. Which is a fancy way of saying it kept falling off. The plate I bought was this one:

https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/product/B008S6G09S/ref=oh_aui_detailpage_o04_s00?ie=UTF8&psc=1

It has served me very well.

I also want to add that the two fixed positions of the legs hasn’t restricted me one bit, especially as you can take out the central column of the tripod and put it back in upside down, so the camera actually hangs underneath the tripod to get really close to the ground.

Thanks for sharing that Paul – good to know there’s a better plate out there for the Roadtrip.

The Velbon Ultra Voxi L is the best travel tripod that I have used. It’s folded length is only 36cm and I can set up and put away faster than any other tripod on the market.

I’ll add it to my list to review – thanks Dennis!

Very helpful thank you, I’ll be using it while I’m out in the field conducting research so really need to save space, the Pedco looks perfect for what I need.

What about 3 legged thing tripods? These are awesome, very well made, and I think outstrip a few of these recommendations… from a pro and amateur perspective. They also have the best customer support…

I’m due to review their new ‘Leo’ soon for this list actually Robin :-)

Good article Am going to try the OMEI-Z669C-PROFESSIONAL-CARBON-FIBER-TRIPOD Monopod important for me Thx

Mark, a good article, though I realize that selecting a tripod, like cameras or camera bags, is a subjective thing indeed! John, check out the Oben CT3535…it’s a sturdy little carbon fiber travel tripod that converts to a monopod. See specs online, but I can say that it’s great for a mirrorless kit, or even a small DSLR with a wide or mid-range zoom. The quality is quite high. IMHO, I’d avoid the cheaper tripods with a fixed center column or leg spread. They won’t work at all on uneven terrain!!

Hey Steve – thanks for the tip re. the Oben CT3535 – will check it out!

I’m a fan of the Rangers 55″ tripod/monopod; it’s simple, inexpensive, and gets the job done.

Ah yes, I need to add this one to the list Matthew – only came across it last month, but have been hearing lots of great reviews about it. Here it is for anyone interested.

Not sure how you could have possibly missed the most popular in terms of coverage (YouTube, forums, reviews, etc) the Sirui T-005X (or the carbon version Sirui T-025X.

What about the Sirui T-025X Carbon with C-10S Ball Head??? I heard is no less than the MeFOTO Aluminum Roadtrip, maybe even better.

I’ll have to check that one out, Omri – thanks for the tip.

Has anyone tried K & F Concept tripods?

manfrotto 190 290 vanguard veo

I have no access to camera shops locally, so this is very useful. The reviewer with Tiger were amazing. Thanks for sharing. ( Annice)

Bradley, yes, I agree that Gitzo is the best in terms of build quality and reputation, however, for about 1/3 the price, I find that the Oben CT3535 Travel Tripod is great for a mirrorless or small DSLR system. It is carbon fiber, with all metal control knobs, and quite well built.

The Vanguard Alta Pro is seriously the best tripod out there. I freaking love mine. To be able to shoot from directly above is great for product photography and stop motion.

Daniel/Mark, While I have no experience with the Vanguard tripod, and have no doubt it serves your purpose, I recently came across a unique and extremely high-quality travel tripod…the FLM “CP26 Travel Tripod”. It has super-strong 10x Carbon Fiber legs (26 lb load capacity!) with well-made twist locks, and a ball head that has several unique features that I’ve not seen in my 35 years of photography using tripods…For example, the “Pan” function permits butter-smooth normal panning, but in addition, adds a 15-degree ratchet function that is fantastic for us landscape/panorama photographers! There is also a “Tilt” knob that locks the ball head so that only one vertical/up/down plane is available. And finally, there is a “lock” function that locks the ball head from panning/turning, so that it can easily be unscrewed and/or mounted solidly. The kit comes with very well-made screw-on metal spikes, and folds up to a compact 15.5″ for travel. Quite ingenious and precision design overall, and highly recommended for travel!!  Bottom line: This FLM tripod simply exudes Quality. Here’s the link to that awesome tripod: https://www.flmcanada.com. Please tell Ari that Steve sent you. Thanks, and I think you’ll find the FLM CP26 Travel Tripod stunningly robust, and a work of art!

Hey Steve, thanks for that – very interesting indeed. I’ll see if I can get my hands on the FLM tripod you mentioned to review later this year.

I’m also a big fan of the CP-26 Travel. I have this and a CB43-FTR ball head and it’s excellent. I’ve taken it hiking in the Scottish Highlands, and regularly use it for my Sinar Norma large format camera. For me it’s perfect because of the load capacity and the exceptional ballhead. The friction control is very smooth, and when you have a heavy camera it’s also very important.

Hi, I think you are making a mistake of one order of magnitude in your weight difference calculation. For example, the weight difference of the two peak design tripod is 290 g, not 29 g. If it was only 29g, the carbon would not be worth it at all. 😊

Leave a Comment Cancel Reply

👋 WELCOME TO SHOTKIT!

A black and white advertisement with a couple of black and white objects.

ABOUT YOUR EXPERT

Mark Condon has been a professional photographer for 10+ years and has used and reviewed hundreds of tripods for backpacking around Australia and overseas travel. He prefers to fly without checked luggage (carry-on only), so a lightweight tripod is essential.

MY TOP PICKS

  • Peak Design Tripod
  • HEIPI 3-in-1
  • 3LT Punks Corey
  • Leofoto LS224C

🔥 Popular NOW:

ipa-cover

Unlock the EXACT blueprint to capture breathtaking iPhone photos!

Shotkit may earn a commission on affiliate links. Learn more.

Best travel tripods 2024: Lightweight and compact tripods

The best travel tripods are lightweight, easily transportable and versatile to cater to a photographer's every need while shooting — here are our favorites.

The quick list

Best overall

Best for height

Best compact option

Best lightweight option, best for videographers, best for content creators, best stylish option, best budget travel tripod, best value for money.

  • Travel tripods: FAQ
  • How we test

Peak Design travel tripod in the hand

1. The list in brief ↴ 2. Best travel tripod overall 3. Best for height 4. Best compact option 5. Best lightweight option 6. Best for videographers 7. Best for content creators 8. Best stylish option 9. Best budget travel tripod 10. Best value for money 11. Best travel tripods FAQ 12. How we test

Take one of the best travel tripods on your next big adventure and see how easy it is to take breathtaking photos. These space-saving tripods are great for astrophotographers hiking out to remote locations, or travel photographers trying to keep their backpacks light. When combined with the best cameras and best lenses you'll be surprised at just how great your photography can look.

Our team of expert reviewers have put these tripods through their paces in real-world conditions, taking note of their weight and dimensions so you can determine if they'll fit into your bag. Typically crafted from carbon fiber for lightweight durability, these tripods often feature telescopic design, collapsing to a compact size that easily fits into your carry-on luggage or one of the best camera backpacks .

We've made sure to highlight any trade-offs you may have to make for the lighter tripod, as some tend to have a more restricted payload than one of the full-sized best tripods . But overall, they can cut your overall kit weight right down and take up far less space than a traditional tripod.

Peak Design travel tripod on a white background

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is a novel travel tripod that is so narrow it can fit into cabin luggage. It is night-friendly and can support full-frame DSLRs and even smartphones.

Read more below

Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head on a white background

One of the best tripods we've seen, it comes with a detachable monopod and built-in phone mount. The carbon fiber tubes keep it relatively light.

The Benro Tortoise 24C tripod against a white background

This tripod is incredibly slimline and great for travel, but the lack of a center column brings pros and cons. It's not the tallest tripod out there, but it's lightweight and easy to transport.

Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod on a white background

A very light and compact tripod which can fold down to 13.6 inches, small enough to put in your cabin bag. We like the smooth operating ball head too.

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod on a white background

The Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod's aluminum rig is as light and as solid a travel tripod as you’re likely to find, making it great for full-frame astrophotography gear.

JOBY GorillaPod 3k Pro Kit on a white background

The Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit is a unique take on a tripod that can wrap around almost anything to hold 6.6 lbs (3 kg) worth of photography gear.

Load next 3 products ↴

Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit on a white background

An excellent quality premium tripod that looks stunning and performs just as well, but it does come with a premium price tag.

Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro on a white background

Best budget option

A 6-in-1 option, the Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro converts into a variety of styles to suit different styles of shooting. The legs utilize a twist and lock function.

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 on a white background

The Punks Corey 2.0 is lightweight but it can support over 8x its own weight, and you can remove the legs to make it a monopod.

  • Back to the top ⤴

Best travel tripods we recommend in 2024

Why you can trust Space.com Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test and review products.

Best travel tripod overall

Peak design travel tripod.

Our expert review:

Specifications

Reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

✅ If only the best will do: This is an exceptional, thoughtfully designed tripod for photographers on the move. We found it hard to fault.

❌ You need more height: You'll only be able to reach a height of 60-inches with this travel tripod.

🔎  Peak Design Travel Tripod:  An exceptionally narrow and compact design makes the Peak Design Travel Tripod a key piece of kit for traveling astrophotographers after something highly mobile and with a fast set-up and takedown. ★★★★½

The Peak Design Travel Tripod earns the top spot on our list due to its slim, compact design that doesn't sacrifice stability, even with heavy DSLR cameras. When folded, the three legs and ball head seamlessly meet without any gaps, resulting in a compact package measuring just 3.125 inches in diameter and 15.4 inches in height. This makes it easy to stow away in luggage or camera bags. Additionally, it comes with a soft padded case featuring a waterproof zip and convenient carry handles.

We loved this tripod's speedy setup and takedown during our Peak Design Travel Tripod review , although we were slightly less fond of the camera attachment. The ball head (one of the most compact we've seen) comes with a tripod plate that attaches to your camera using a hex tool. While this was incredibly stable for long hours when shooting star trails, we can't help but feel that a tool-free D-ring plate would have been easier.

A hook at the bottom of the center column twists to reveal a folded-up smartphone clamp, which we thought was a neat additional feature. The five leg sections allow it to reach 60 inches/152.4cm when fully extended, which might be a bit of a stoop for taller people as it's not the tallest tripod out there, but helps to save on weight when traveling.

You can buy this tripod in either an aluminum or carbon fiber version, but there's a steep jump in price to carbon fiber when the aluminum model is already a very light 3.44lbs/1.56kg. To be honest, we'd be happy enough with the aluminum version.

  • Read our full Peak Design Travel Tripod review

Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head

✅  You want one of the tallest travel tripods: This one reaches a maximum height of 66.3-inches. ✅ You want a detachable monopod: Monopods are better in certain situations, like sporting events where you have limited space. This model comes with a detachable one.

❌ You're sticking to a budget: This is another premium tripod, though it's a great long-term investment. ❌ You want something super lightweight: It's not heavy, but there are certainly more lightweight options out there.

🔎  Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head:  Although it's not cheap, for passionate photographers who need a lightweight, portable tripod capable of providing more height than most, this is a fantastic option. ★★★★★

The premium end of Benro's travel lineup is represented by the Rhino series, and with a detachable monopod, an included phone mount and carbon fiber tubes, the Benro Rhino FRHN24C tripod is one of the best tripods we've seen, as we stated in our Benro Rhino 24C Two series review . Its sleek design, reliability and portability make it a fantastic choice for studio work or travel.

When the four leg sections are completely extended, it measures 169cm (66.3-inches). It folds down to 19.3-inches, so it's also TSA-friendly and easy to carry around in a backpack or suitcase. You can also configure it into a monopod by removing one of the legs and attaching it to the removable center column, providing versatility for different photographic styles.

Although this tripod is more expensive than others on this list, many professional travel photographers would find it to be a wise investment. And the great thing about Benro is the range of height and size options available for each product. The Rhino comes in four different sizes and a choice between either 4 or 5 leg sections, so photographers can choose whichever size suits their needs best. 

We found it easy to set up and take down in the dark, the rubber grips were soft on the hands and the interchangeable feet were a nice touch — we found that swapping to the spiky feet helped with stability when we were shooting in windy conditions. The VX25 head also has some neat safety features to prevent your camera from slipping off or being dropped, something a lot of other tripod manufacturers don't tend to think of. 

Overall, we absolutely loved this tripod and gave it 5 stars. Although it's certainly an investment, we think it'll last you a very long time.

  • Read our full Benro Rhino 24C Two series review

Benro Tortoise 24C x GX30 Head

✅  You want to shoot low to the ground: The legs can splay out to almost 90-degrees, which is great for those shots where you need to be as low to the ground as possible.

❌ You want height: There's no center column, so it can't reach the heights that other tripods can.

🔎  Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod x GX30 head:  A sturdy and reliable tripod that will last you for years to come. It doesn't sit at the affordable end of the market, but for photographers who need something lightweight and user-friendly, you can't go wrong. ★★★★

When we first looked at this tripod in our Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod review , we couldn't figure out why it wasn't their primary travel tripod due to its weight and compactness. The Rhino wins out overall, but if these two particular factors are more important to you than height and versatility, we'd recommend the Benro Tortoise. 

There's no center column, so it can't extend particularly high (our 5'4-inch reviewer even had to stoop down when using it at full height), but the lack of a center column means it folds down much slimmer than other tripods, making it a great option for strapping to your camera bag when traveling or if you need to save on space. This also enables you to shoot extremely low to the ground with the legs splayed out at almost 90 degrees.

The GX30 head features two safety elements to prevent the camera from slipping off when you're putting it on or taking it off, but we thought overall the head was bulkier than it needed to be. The main ball adjustment knob protrudes out a fair amount when, in our opinion, it doesn't need to. That said, it's not impractical, we just think it could do with being smaller.

  • Read our full Benro Tortoise 24C Tripod review

The Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB tripod on a white background

Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod

✅  Being lightweight is important: This tripod weighs less than 2 lbs but still has a maximum payload of 6.6 lbs. It folds down to 13.6 inches, too. ✅   You want an affordable carbon fiber tripod: This tripod is excellent value for money and a great price for a carbon fiber model.

❌ You're looking for a lot of height: This one can extend to a height of 51.6-inches which may be a bit small for some.

🔎  Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod: You won't find a travel tripod much lighter than this compact option from Vanguard. It would be ideal for those dark nights when you have to hike to get to your chosen location. ★★★★½

The Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB tripod is one of the lightest full-size tripods we've ever come across, and it's the lightest on this list by a long shot, weighing in at just 1.8 lbs. It can extend to a height of 51.6 inches, which is not the tallest of the tripods in this guide, and hold a load capacity of 6.6 lbs (just about 3 kg). 

We think this tripod is perfect for travel or hiking, particularly if you're going to those remote locations to shoot astrophotography under the glorious dark skies. It can collapse down to just 13.6 inches in length, which is quite impressive. 

Although it may not be as tall as other tripods, its lightweight and compact design makes it an attractive choice. Photographers on the go will also appreciate its smooth-operating ball head, and overall we think the build quality is top-notch.

Another thing to note is the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB tripod is also really affordable, especially for a carbon fiber tripod. There is an aluminum version available, but it's actually not that much cheaper and you'll be bumping the weight up by a few ounces to 2.1 lbs. It can also be converted into a monopod or selfie stick, making it a solid choice for vloggers and social media content creators who use smartphones. 

  • Read more: Best mirrorless cameras

Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod

✅  You're a videographer: The three-way ball head employs a hydraulic dampening mechanism to ensure the camera moves smoothly.

❌ You will get frustrated having to take the camera off your tripod: We found that we sometimes had to remove the camera from the plate to access the battery and memory card doors.

🔎  Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod:  At 3.28 lbs, the Italian-made Manfrotto Befree Advanced Travel Tripod isn’t ultra-lightweight, yet this aluminum travel tripod is not much heavier than its far pricier carbon fiber rivals. As travel tripods go, it’s not as compact when collapsed as others, yet it’s as advanced as any we’ve come across. ★★★★½

The Manfrotto Befree 3 Way Advanced Tripod is a lightweight aluminum tripod that makes a cost-effective alternative to more expensive carbon fiber travel tripods. In our Manfrotto Befree Advanced Tripod review , we thought had fantastic build quality with a very strong center column that proves sturdy and reliable in the field, and it comes with a handy red and black carry case.

This tripod can reach a maximum height of 59 inches and collapses to 15.7 inches when packed up. It has a reverse folding design which works fine for transportation, but it's not as compact as some other tripods on our list, and there are noticeable gaps between the legs which could waste space when packing it in a suitcase.

It comes with a new and improved ball head that features 360-degree flexibility and the 200PL PRO base plate attaches easily to your camera using a D-ring, which can be done anywhere and requires no extra tools, which is great when you're using it in the dark. 

The four-section legs are versatile, with three angled positions that click neatly into place and sturdy rubber feet to provide grip. While it's not the smallest or lightest travel tripod out there, it's great value for the quality you get.

  • Read our full Manfrotto Befree Advanced Tripod review

JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod

✅ You'll be shooting from uneven surfaces: The unique flexible legs can bend around almost anything — a branch, handrail, fence post and so on. It can also be manipulated to be steady on rocks and uneven land.

❌ You have a lot of heavy kit: The payload is a pretty small 6.6 lbs (3kg). This is still enough for most casual shooters, but it's more suited to lightweight gear.

🔎  JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod:  The Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit is a lightweight yet surprisingly sturdy travel tripod that enables you to shoot anything, anywhere. The ideal tripod for traveling and vlogging. ★★★★½

The JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro is an unusual looking tripod that is very lightweight and surprisingly sturdy. The design of the legs means that you can attach it to almost anything, allowing you to shoot from any position or vantage point and opening up a world of creative possibilities — we had a lot of fun with this during our JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit review .

The main selling point of the GorillaPod is that it's extremely portable, weighing only 8.7 oz/463g and measuring 12 inches/30cm. It can carry a payload of 6.6 lbs/3kg, which isn't the most generous, but it's certainly enough for a mirrorless camera and lens setup. This makes it an attractive option for travel photographers, vloggers and content creators, who can buy a separate mount to attach their smartphones to it.

As well as the unique legs, it comes with an Arca-Swiss compatible ball head that offers precise panning of 360 degrees and 90 degrees of tilt, allowing you to capture shots from any angle you like. It lacks a spirit level for ensuring straight shots, but many newer cameras come with this built into the screen anyway.

Make sure to evenly distribute the weight when setting it up to prevent any equipment from tipping over. Once everything was in position, we found it to be very secure and stable, even with a telephoto lens attached to the camera. Overall, it's an interesting alternative to conventional tripods and is highly portable for outdoor use.

  • Read our full JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit review

The Gitzo Legende tripod on a white background.

Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit

✅  You want a stylish aesthetic: This tripod has been designed with a beautiful aesthetic in mind, and it performs just as nicely as it looks.

❌ You don't have a big budget: Though it is beautiful to look at, most of the tripods on this list do the same job but for a fraction of the cost.

🔎  Gitzo Legende Traveller Tripod Kit  If you have the money, we believe this is a pretty nice tripod to use, but we do have one criticism: there are many tripods on the market, including several that are included in this list, that can do the same tasks for a lot less money. ★★★★

Gitzo's Legende series offers a premium and visually appealing lineup of travel tripods and camera accessories. The Legende Traveller Tripod Kit not only boasts an attractive design but also delivers excellent performance, thanks to its well-crafted, smooth knobs, dials and adjustments.

The Legende Traveller Tripod Kit impresses with its meticulous attention to detail, including features like the custom-designed matte silver aluminum Center Ball Head and the stylish leather strap, enhancing its premium feel. 

It extends to a maximum height of 65 inches with the central column extended and collapses down to a compact length of 16.9 inches when folded. With four leg sections, it can support loads of up to 17.6 lbs.

If you're willing to spend the money on it, we think it's a good tripod. However, we do have one criticism: there are many other tripods available, many of which we've mentioned in this list, that can perform the same functions at a much lower cost.

  • Read more: Best camera accessories for astrophotography

The Benro MeFOTO Pro tripod on a white background

Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro

✅  You want versatility: This is really a six-in-one model — it works as a tripod, monopod, selfie stick, high hat (that allows for unique camera placement) and a table tripod.

❌ You want a super speedy setup: The twist and lock function works well, but setup time might take longer (as you have to twist and lock each section).

🔎  Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro:  This 6-in-1 tripod from Benro really can do it all — it can be a tripod, monopod, boom pole, selfie stick, high hat and tabletop tripod. ★★★½

This Benro option may hold less weight and have a more compact design compared to professional-style setups, but it still offers impressive performance among travel tripods. With five leg sections extending up to 60 inches (155cm), along with a central column featuring two sections, we think its versatility is impressive. 

Weighing just 3.6 lbs and collapsing down to 15.4 inches, it's lightweight and portable. Additionally, it can be configured in six different ways: as a tripod, monopod, boom pole, selfie stick, high hat and tabletop tripod.

We find the tripod's graduated panning scale quite handy because it helps you maintain a level position for smooth panning in video or capturing panoramic shots of the scenery. The twist locks work effectively, but it might take more time to set up if you have to twist or unscrew each one individually. Nevertheless, it's a hassle-free choice that won't strain your budget, making it an excellent option for amateur travelers looking to take photos.

  • Read more: Best cameras for beginners

The 3 Legged Thing Punks corey tripod on a white background

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0

✅  You have heavy kit: The 3 Legged Punks Corey 2.0 can hold a whopping 30 lb (14kg) payload, that's 8x it's own weight.

❌ You don't like the look of it: We mean aesthetically — it certainly stands out, but it isn't for everyone. ❌ You need more height: The maximum height is 54.3 inches, which is on the shorter side of the scale of tripods in this guide.

🔎  3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0:  The Punks range is ultralight and ultra-compact and, amazingly, they can still support 30 lbs of weight, which is over 8 times their own weight of 3.95 lbs ★★★½

3-Legged Thing started as a grassroots business in the UK. Danny Lenihan, the company's creator, used his knowledge in lighting and photography to create extremely versatile, lightweight tripods and other equipment.

The Punks series of tripods from 3 Legged Thing is designed with travel in mind, featuring a lightweight and compact build crafted from magnesium alloy. Despite their portable size, they boast an impressive weight capacity of up to 30 lbs, surpassing their own weight of 3.95 lbs by more than 8 times. 

The 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0 Tripod can extend to a height of 54.3 inches and collapse down to just 14.2 inches, ensuring easy packing in your carry-on luggage for flying. You have the flexibility to swap out the feet for low-level or tabletop setups, or even remove the legs entirely to transform it into a monopod or selfie stick.

Even though we liked the tripods' vivid colors, strong designs and general performance, some seasoned amateurs or professionals might be looking for more bells and whistles, such as more complex head systems.

  • Read more: 3 Legged PUNKS Brian tripod review

Travel tripods: Frequently Asked Questions

What is the lightest travel tripod.

The lightest travel tripod we have tested is the Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod ; it weighs just 1.02 lbs (463g). However, it's worth noting that it is a unique model that is designed to wrap around objects such as branches and fences. 

The lightest 'standard' tripod in our guide (which has extendable legs and can be used on the ground) is the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB Carbon Fiber Tripod, which weighs 1.6 lbs (725g). 

Can I use a travel tripod with my smartphone?

The answer is yes, you can. Some travel tripods come with a phone adapter, such as the Peak Design Travel Tripod , Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head and Benro MeFoto Road Trip Pro, but if they don't, you can also purchase a tripod smartphone mount separately. This is especially useful for content creators who mostly shoot using smartphone cameras. 

Should I buy a Carbon fiber or aluminum tripod?

Carbon fiber tripods generally weigh less than their aluminum counterparts but cost more. Some models will cost significantly more, so if you want to save money on a tripod look to purchase an aluminum model. However, if traveling light is your priority then opt for a carbon fiber model.

For example, the Peak Design aluminum travel tripod costs around $380 at time of writing, whereas the carbon fiber version costs $650 which is $270 or 1.7x more expensive. However, the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204 aluminum tripod costs $130, and its carbon fiber version costs $150, just $20 or 1.25x more.  

What is the best travel tripod for astrophotography?

This depends on the overall payload (weight) of your camera, lens and camera accessories. We'd recommend the Peak Design Travel Tripod as the best travel tripod overall if your budget stretches. But a more budget-friendly option which we still rate highly would be the Vanguard VEO 3 GO 204CB.

It's important to add up the weight of all the gear you will be place on any given tripod because all tripods have a maximum payload; see below.

What is a tripod maximum payload?

A tripod's maximum payload is the maximum weight a tripod is designed to hold rock steady when taking photographs or video footage. To calculate this, add up the weight of everything you will place on the tripod, which may include: The camera , a lens and camera accessories like an intervalometer /remote shutter release, flash, filter, or a star tracker mount .

If it is just slightly over the manufacturer's stated maximum payload for the tripod there's a chance things will be fine. But bear in mind that there are no guarantees for its stability, especially in high winds. If in doubt, go for a tripod that is designed to hold the maximum payload of your camera gear, even if it means investing a little more money.

Travel tripods are designed to be lightweight and compact, so it may be that none on this list will support your maximum payload. If this is the case, we'd recommend a bigger, more generalist tripod from our best tripods guide.

How many leg sections should my tripod have?

Between three and five leg sections is typically the most common. The leg sections are designed to extend to increase or decrease the tripod's height to aid composition. The Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head has four leg sections and reaches a maximum height of 66.3-inches. However, the Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro Tripod which has a maximum height of 11.8-inches with just one leg section, but this is intentional because it's designed to wrap around and onto tall objects so 

If you're trekking or want to set up your camera on uneven ground, it's worth testing out tripods with multiple leg angles and the ability to adjust quickly. Usually, a small pin or lever at the top of the legs can be pulled out to increase the leg angle and therefore change the height and stability of the travel tripod.

How we test the best travel tripods

To guarantee you're getting honest, up-to-date recommendations on the best travel tripods to buy here at Space.com we make sure to put every travel tripod through a rigorous review to fully test each product. Each travel tripod is reviewed based on a multitude of aspects, from its construction and design, to how well it functions and its performance in the field.

Each travel tripod is carefully tested by our expert staff or knowledgeable freelance contributors who know their subject areas in depth. This ensures fair reviewing is backed by personal, hands-on experience with each travel tripod and is judged based on its price point, class and destined use.

We look at how easy each travel tripod is to operate, whether it contains the latest up-to-date material, and also make suggestions if a particular travel tripod would benefit from any additional equipment to give you the best user experience possible.

With complete editorial independence, Space.com are here to ensure you get the best buying advice on travel tripods, whether you should purchase a travel tripod or not, making our buying guides and reviews reliable and transparent.

Join our Space Forums to keep talking space on the latest missions, night sky and more! And if you have a news tip, correction or comment, let us know at: [email protected].

Get the Space.com Newsletter

Breaking space news, the latest updates on rocket launches, skywatching events and more!

Jacob Little

Jacob Little is a photographer, writer and communications professional based in Bristol and Cornwall. His main inspirations come from outdoor adventure, travel, rural living and wild ways and crafts. Passionate about weaving the core principles of storytelling into his images, he approaches brand and copywriting work in much the same way. Conveying a compelling narrative is one of the main drivers behind much of his work.

  • Kimberley Lane Contributing writer
  • Tantse Walter Contributing Writer

Total solar eclipse 2024: Live updates

Holy Stone HS360S drone review

SpaceX fires up huge Super Heavy booster ahead of 4th Starship test flight (photos, video)

Most Popular

By Tantse Walter February 06, 2024

By Fran Ruiz January 29, 2024

By Fran Ruiz January 26, 2024

By Conor Feehly January 05, 2024

By Keith Cooper December 22, 2023

By Fran Ruiz December 20, 2023

By Fran Ruiz December 19, 2023

By Fran Ruiz December 18, 2023

By Tantse Walter December 18, 2023

By Robert Lea December 05, 2023

By Robert Lea December 04, 2023

  • 2 The April 8 solar eclipse will bring weird sights, sounds and feelings
  • 3 Soyuz capsule with crew of 3, including 1st female astronaut from Belarus, lands safely to end ISS mission
  • 4 Southern Illinois will get its 2nd solar eclipse in a decade this year
  • 5 This hellish exoplanet's skies rain iron and create a rainbow-like effect

best travel tripod lightweight

  • Student Successes
  • My Learning

Our Birthday Sale  is ON! Click Here to Save 70%+ Off

9 Best Travel Tripods in 2024 (Updated)

' src=

You can also select your interests for free access to our premium training:

Designing the best travel tripod involves compromises. A sturdy tripod tends to be big and heavy. But a travel tripod needs to be small and light. We’ve selected 9 tripods that are an excellent compromise between those competing demands.

You’ll find tripods that are heavier and sturdier. And you’ll find lighter, less robust travel tripods. Our top pick is the K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod . It’s light, compact, and easy to carry. Yet it’s also strong and versatile. And the affordable price tag is the cherry on top.

K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod

If you buy a product through one of our referral links we will earn a commission (without costing you anything). Prices last updated on .

As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. Product prices and availability are accurate as of the date/time indicated and are subject to change. Any price and availability information displayed on Amazon at the time of purchase will apply to the purchase of this product.

Peak Design Travel Carbon Fiber

What is the Best Travel Tripod?

Before we look at our choices in detail, here is a summary of all our recommended travel tripods.

  • Lightweight and versatile travel tripod with carry case
  • Weighs only 2.4 lb / 1.1 kg
  • Supports any weight up to 17.6 lb / 8 kg
  • Excellent mounting flexibility with aluminum ball head
  • Built-in bubble level for precision mounting
  • Sturdy and lightweight carbon fiber construction
  • Folds down to 38 cm and extends up to 1.5 m
  • Supports up to 9.1 kg of gear
  • 3-axis gimbal head for smooth panning and tilting
  • Quick-release plate for easy mounting and dismounting
  • Lightweight aluminum construction
  • Compact and foldable for easy transport
  • Can extend to a maximum height of 1.47 m
  • Supports up to 4 kg of weight
  • 360-degree ball head with two independent control knobs

Manfrotto Element Traveler Tripod Kit With Ball Head

  • Lightweight and compact for easy travel
  • High-quality build, reliable stability
  • 360-degree panoramic head for versatile shots
  • Quick-release plate for fast setup
  • Maximum height of 1.47 m for tall subjects

Product

  • Ultra lightweight yet strong carbon fiber
  • 4-section legs adjustable to 25, 50, and 80 degreeangles
  • Twist locks for fast, secure setup
  • Removable center column
  • Supports up to 15 kg of weight

Product

  • Lightweight and compact design
  • Smooth fluid video head
  • Quick-release plate for fast transitions
  • Fully adjustable tripod legs
  • Includes carrying case and shoulder strap

Product

  • Ultra-lightweight and sturdy carbon fiber construction
  • Ball head design for easy, fast adjustments
  • 4-section legs with quick-release leg locks
  • Maximum height of 1.61 m
  • Maximum load capacity of 10 kg

Product

  • Lightweight and portable
  • Fully adjustable for desired angle
  • Universal phone clip for mobile phones
  • Durable and solid construction
  • Non-slip rubber feet for stability

Product

  • Lightweight and compact
  • Stable and durable
  • Quick-release leg locks
  • Multi-angle center column
  • Adjustable height range

Product

Now let’s look in more detail at our recommendations for the best travel tripod in 2023.

1. K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod

The K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod has to be our top recommendation. It’s a lightweight tripod that’s durable and reliable. You can take it with you on trip after trip and it will last the distance. 

Weighing just 2.4 lb / 1.1 kg, it won’t add too much heft to your travel pack. And even though it’s a lightweight tripod, it can still support cameras weighing up to 17.6 lb / 8 kg. That’s enough for full frame cameras or even medium format cameras. 

Travel photographers will also appreciate the wide working height range. You can set it up at any point between 64.1 inch / 1.6 m and 20.4 inch / 52 cm. And it folds down to 15.3 inch / 39 cm when you need to pack it away. 

Flip locks make adjusting the height quick and easy. And you get a carry case included, making it even easier to travel with this tripod. And a quick-release plate helps you mount and dismount your camera.

It comes with a ball head as standard. The wide range of tilting motion gives you excellent mounting flexibility. And the head has a panning base, which is helpful when shooting landscapes or panoramas. It also has a built-in bubble level to help keep your camera level. 

It’s hard to find fault with the K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod . We’re confident about putting it in the No.1 spot on the list. And it’s an absolute bargain for the price. 

2. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The revolutionary Travel Tripod is the newest addition to Peak Design ’s lineup. We know Peak Design from its camera bags , carrier straps, and belt holster systems.

Now, they’ve added a travel tripod that’s turning everyone’s heads. What makes it so unique? Quite a few things, actually.

First of all, it’s a real travel tripod. It folds down to under 15.5 inches. This is amazing because it extends to 60 inches when in use. That is more than enough for most travel photography .

There are also two options you can get this tripod in. The one listed above is carbon fiber, which weighs only 2.81 lbs. But they have an aluminum version that weighs 3.44 lbs.

The aluminum version is manageable and it weighs similar to other travel tripods. The carbon fiber version is stiffer and lighter but is more expensive.

As a travel tripod, it has a few advantages. It’s Arca-Swiss compatible. It has a single ring to adjust the head, which is also an intuitive and compact ball head. And it has four leg extenders. This offers you more versatility when choosing the height of the Peak Design Travel Tripod .

3. Benro TSL08AN00: Lightweight Aluminum Travel Tripod

The Benro Slim is a reliable option for photographers on a budget. It is the best affordable travel tripod that still comes from a reputable brand,

At 2.6 pounds, this tripod fits into the travel category. And a weight hook will help negate some of the negatives of using such a light tripod.

The tripod has four leg sections with twist locks. Each leg can be set to one of three angles for more height options. This allows the tripod to extend from 15.7 inches to about 57 inches. You can also reverse the center column for the most height flexibility.

The tripod also includes a ball head with a bubble level .

So what is the reason for the low price? The Benro Slim doesn’t fold down as small as the others on the list without reverse folding legs. This means a faster setup while taking up about four more inches of space in your bag.

The Benro Slim , like the BeFree, also has one of the lower capacities on the list with an 8.8-pound limit. And the under 3-pound weight could mean the tripod isn’t as sturdy as some of the pricier options.

4. Manfrotto Element Traveller Tripod Kit w/Ball Head

The Element Traveler from is made especially for travel photographers . Manfrotto is known for great tripods, and this is no exception. It’s a versatile tripod that allows you to move around without feeling weighed down.

Even though the tripod’s weight is barely 2.5 pounds, the load capacity is a lot higher. It will allow you to hold up to 8.8 pounds. That’s enough for a large professional DSLR and a super-telephoto lens .

The folded length of 13 inches is relatively small. You can shoot from a height of 14 inches up to 53 inches. This is excellent for landscape photography .

The other feature that photographers will enjoy with the Element Traveler is the aluminum ball head with an independent lock. This makes up-down shoots for food photography or product photography very simple.

5. Sirui W-1204 Carbon Fiber Tripod

The  Sirui W-1204 is one of the few brands offering waterproof tripods. This makes it one of the best options for a hardcore outdoor photographer .

The tripod has a sealing system. If you shoot in the rain or place the legs in shallow water, the twist locks will still work.

The feet complete the outdoor design. You just unscrew the interchangeable feet to switch from rubber to spiked. The leg sections are held in place using twist locks to reach a maximum height of 65 inches.

This Sirui also has the highest weight capacity of any of the tripods on this list. It supports up to 33 pounds of gear while only weighing 3.1 pounds.

A counterweight hook adds even more stability to the tripod. The legs fold around the center column for a more compact folded measurement.

It stands at 19.3 inches when folded, with only four leg sections. With a height of only 5.7 inches and a removable leg that you can use as a monopod , the Sirui W-1204 gets points for versatility.

6. Manfrotto Befree: Professional Video Tripod for Travel

This Manfrotto Befree tripod is one of the few that use level locks instead of the twist type. Weighing a little over 3 pounds, this tripod folds down to a little over 16 inches.

You can adjust the legs on the Befree to three different angles. This allows the tripod to reach as low as 13.4 inches and as high as 56.7 inches.

The Befree’s compact design, versatile height, and flip locks make this one of the best tripods for travel photographers. And that’s all at a very reasonable price.

Like other 3-pound travel tripods, this tripod can be a bit susceptible to wind. Unfortunately, there is no counterweight hook to support it.

The capacity is 8.8 pounds, so it’s not designed for the biggest telephoto lenses . The 56.7-inch height limit will also be a sticking point for tall photographers.

But for the price, the Manfrotto Befree offers quality and portability.

7. Gitzo Carbon Fiber Tripod with Ball Head

This Gitzo tripod is the juggernaut of travel tripods. It will hold up to 22 pounds, making it one of the sturdiest tripods on our list.

This allows you to use heavy camera equipment . That’s perfect for destination weddings or sports photography . The extra weight-bearing design will help with added accessories like microphones , lights, or flash units .

It comes with a high-quality ball head. As far as tripods go, this one is lightweight, weighing only 3.2 pounds. The most significant benefit I found is the small center column. This lets you get close to the ground for low-angle shots.

For these reasons, this Gitzo is expensive compared to the others on our list. But it’s worth the money. It has a simple design and construction that makes it easy to extend and shrink.

8. Manfrotto PIXI Evo

The Manfrotto PIXI Evo is unique in this selection of tripods. We all know Manfrotto for making excellent tripods. Whether large and sturdy or small and portable, it’s the go-to company. Their other best travel tripod options on our list are for photographers shooting up high.

Eye-level vantage points aren’t the only way photographers want to capture scenes. Sometimes they want to get low for a different perspective. The Manfrotto PIXI Evo offers just that.

This tabletop tripod is small. And it will fit in the small accessory pouches of your backpack or your coat pocket.

You might not expect it to handle DSLR camera systems . But it will hold a weight of 5.5 pounds. This is more than enough to support a full frame DSLR body with a telephoto lens.

Using it couldn’t be easier. Flip out the legs and you’re good to go. The PIXI Evo doesn’t offer you much versatility. But it is the most compact and lightest of our travel tripod picks.

It’s perfect for selfies and vlogging , as it offers two different leg angles along with adjustable two-section legs.

9. Vanguard VEO3T265HABP Aluminum Travel Tripod

The Vanguard VEO ’s reversing center column allows you to shoot as low as 16 inches from the ground or as tall as 57 inches. This is perfect if you need to get down low for macro shots ? You can also adjust each of the twist-lock legs at three different angles.

Despite the versatility, this Vanguard tripod weighs only 4 pounds. It can handle three times its own weight with a 13.2-pound capacity. When folded, the tripod fits in a space of less than 16 inches.

A counterweight hook helps add more stability to the lightweight tripod. With a tripod ball head included, the camera’s position is easy to adjust.

The VEO is designed for quick setup with the central column system. The four legs are also easy to adjust because of twist-lock legs.

There are some downsides, though. It doesn’t include spiked feet, which you can get for a higher price. It also doesn’t have the versatility of using one leg as a monopod. But for the price, the Vanguard VEO ‘s feature list is rather tough to beat.

Buyer’s Guide for the Best Travel Tripods

Tripods can have a varying list of features. And some features are more important when you want to travel with your tripod. Read on to learn what makes a tripod perfect for travel.

What to Look for When Buying the Best Travel Tripod

Tripods are necessary for low-light and long-exposure shots . This is why a travel photographer must carry them around. But there’s a problem with lightweight tripods. The lighter a tripod is, the less stable it tends to be.

That doesn’t mean your travel tripod is going to dump your camera in the dirt. But there are a few features that you should look for when choosing the best travel tripod for you.

A Travel Tripod with Counterweight Hooks

Adding a simple hook to the bottom of the tripod’s center column may not seem like a big deal. But this tiny feature allows travel tripods to be sturdier, no matter the travel conditions.

If you can add weight to the tripod, such as your camera bag , you add more stability without sacrificing portability. These counterweights will help your travel tripod stay put in windy conditions.

A Travel Tripod with Adjustable-Leg Flip Locks

You can adjust tripod legs through either twist locks or lever locks.

Twist locks are slimmer. But if you don’t twist them tight enough, they could unlock. Flip locks will add more bulk and tend to take longer to set up. On the other hand, you can trust them to stay locked.

After using a monopod with twist locks that kept sliding mid shoot, flip locks are my preference.

A Versatile Travel Tripod

Travel tripods are even more portable when they do double duty, so you don’t have to bring multiple ones with you.

If you want to use both a tripod and a monopod , look for a two-in-one that converts to a monopod.

If you shoot macro or low to the ground, check the tripod’s minimum and maximum height. And look one with a versatile height range. You’ll save yourself from bringing a tabletop tripod for low-angle photos.

A Portable Travel Tripod

Whenever you buy a tripod, pay attention to the weight specifications. This is especially true for travel tripods.

One is how much weight the travel tripod can hold. Ensure that your heaviest camera body, lens, and accessories fit within those parameters. The tripod with a higher weight capacity will be sturdier even if you only need half the listed weight limit.

The second detail to consider is the weight of the tripod itself. That’s how much you’ll be adding to your bag’s weight on a hike or in your luggage.

A carbon fiber tripod is lightweight and can hold a lot of gear. But it’s also more pricey than an aluminum one.

A Travel Tripod with a Sturdy Build

Plan on hiking with a tripod? Look for other outdoor-friendly features besides the lightweight feature.

Retractable feet spikes can help make the tripod a bit sturdier on grass and dirt.

Waterproof tripods are a bit harder to find. But they can survive taking pictures in the rain or standing in the surf .

A Travel Tripod with a Quick-Release Plate

Don’t miss capturing a moment because you have to fiddle with getting your camera off your tripod. Look for a travel tripod that includes a quick-release plate.

Also, watch for small design changes that help you set up your gear faster. Unfolding each of the three leg sections takes longer than just unfolding one center column, for example.

Conclusion: The Best Travel Tripod

The K&F Concept Lightweight Travel Tripod  is our choice for the best travel Tripod. It is lightweight, durable, and has a wide range of features that make it the perfect travel companion.

It is also highly adjustable and has a unique design that allows for easy setup and breakdown. With its adjustable legs and quick-release plate, it is the perfect tripod for capturing any moment on the go.

Best travel tripods 2024: the top lightweight tripods to buy

These are the best travel tripods – compact and lightweight enough to squeeze into a backpack, suitcase or even a pocket

Jamie Carter

As any travel photographer will tell you, stability is everything. It may seem to be mostly about location, composition, and what kind of camera you take on the road with you, but once you’ve found your perfect shot, you need to keep steady. 

If you’re planning creative shots or any kind of long exposure or repeated photography – such as landscape photography around sunset, time-lapses, or astrophotography – then a tripod is absolutely essential. Cue the best travel tripod.

You're not off the hook even if you're just planning to go on holiday with a smartphone. Though increasingly capable, smartphones’ cameras are still rather limited if you handhold them. You’ll be seriously surprised how much extra quality and creativity you can achieve by using a small tripod and a phone clamp. 

So in our buying guide, we've included options for keeping smartphones steady as well as custom-made travel tripods for the best travel cameras , DSLR , mirrorless , and compact cameras .

The best travel tripods you can buy today:

Why you can trust T3 Our expert reviewers spend hours testing and comparing products and services so you can choose the best for you. Find out more about how we test .

Vanguard VEO 235AB Tripod

1. Vanguard VEO 235AB Tripod

Specifications, reasons to buy, reasons to avoid.

If you're after a reasonably heavy duty tripod for a DSLR or mirrorless camera using large lenses, look no further than this relatively lightweight tripod from Vanguard. This is a brand that tends to use aluminium, or for even more money, carbon fibre, but it usually stops short of providing full-length tripods. This design, weighing about 1.5 kg, is just 38 cm when folded, but reaches only 147 cm when it’s fully extended. So it's probably not the best choice if you’re a six-footer, though for most photographers it will provide more than enough height. The twist-and-lock legs are easy to extend and pack-up while moving, and the ball-head offers plenty of movement.

Manfrotto MKBFRTA4BK-BH Befree Advanced Tripod

2. Manfrotto MKBFRTA4BK-BH Befree Advanced Tripod

This Italian-made tripod is clearly aimed at semi-pro landscape and astrophotographers who need to travel. With ‘M-lock’ lever legs rather than twist-legs and a ball head, this aluminium-crafted travel tripod has three four-section legs and a tough central column. Those legs unfurl easily enough, and lock into place, and each leg can pan through 180°. In fact, the legs actually go backwards on themselves, reducing the footprint for packing it in a suitcase. It weighs 1.5kg, and has a quick-release ball-head, though it takes some time getting to know it, so practice before you head outside in the dark. It’s a bit of a specialist tripod, but it’s worth its weight.

Manfrotto PIXI Evo Tripod

3. Manfrotto PIXI Evo Tripod

There are few travel tripods around that can support absolutely any kind of camera. The core tripod is small, pocket-sized, and weighs just 260g. It has a standard quarter-inch thread adapter, so can be used natively with any DSLR, mirrorless or compact camera. It also comes in two separately available configurations; one with a smartphone clamp fitted on the top, and one with a GoPro /action camera-compatible module. However you decide to use it, rest assured that it’s easily strong enough to cope with anything. It's also very easy to position. Pressing one button loosens the ball head, so you can find your exact position, while releasing the button locks it in place. Clever stuff, but although the camera can tilt to a full 90°, the angle of elevation is limited; you can’t shoot anything above you, for example.

Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod

4. Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod

The Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod is strong and sturdy, yet at the same time lightweight due to a carbon fibre leg construction. This premium-feel travel tripod has a further trick up its sleeve – one of its legs can be removed to transform it into a portable monopod. A carbon fibre construction, as opposed to the more affordable aluminium, inevitably means this premium look and feel tripod also comes with premium-ish price tag. It also needs a short period of familiarisation with its myriad features before becoming operationally competent.

  • Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod review

Peak Design Travel Tripod

5. Peak Design Travel Tripod

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is really expensive, but it's also the neatest travel tripod around, no doubt about that, and it’s also one of the lightest. The aluminium version has a high-end build, a very neat and compact design, and some excellent unexpected features – chief of which is that smartphone adapter – but it’s not immeasurably better, performance-wise, than a much more affordable travel tripod.  Still, though, if money is no object and you want the most premium travel tripod experience, then this is the travel tripod for you.

MeFoto RoadTrip Air Tripod

6. MeFoto RoadTrip Air Tripod

Reasonably large tripods are all about design, specifically how long the leg sections are when completely unfurled, and how small they are when packed up and ready to be put in a suitcase. The MeFoto RoadTrip Air is clever on all counts, reaching loftier heights than most travel tripods manage while being exceptionally small when packed away. It does all this by having an extra section in each leg, five parts rather than the standard four parts, though that doesn't add any instability. Weighing just over a kilo, the MeFoto RoadTrip Air attempts to go for another market altogether by suggesting that the central column and the included smartphone clamp (and Bluetooth remote) can be used as a selfie stick. Clever stuff, but that’s probably a different market.

MeFoto BackPacker Air Tripod

7. MeFoto BackPacker Air Tripod

Known for its brightly coloured travel tripods, MeFoto has here produced an excellent product for owners of action cameras, mirrorless cameras and smartphones who want a ‘proper’ tripod capable of significant height. At its core is HyperLock, three five-section legs and a central column (which also detaches to act as a separate selfie stick) that extend – by just a twist – from a compact 26.5cm to a whopping 151cm. However, it’s at its most stable at 110cm before its central column is extended, so photographers should look at this as an emergency tripod for travel rather than as a ‘main’ tripod. Also in the box is a adjusting ball head, a screw-on mount for a smartphone, and even a wireless Bluetooth remote for taking selfies and super-stable shots. 

Joby HandyPod

8. Joby HandyPod

Sometimes you just want a small, pocket-friendly, but steady and capable tripod for occasional shots. Cue the HandyPod, a simple aluminium tripod that will perform almost any task well. Any camera or smartphone mount can be attached thanks to a standard tripod thread, and once attached that device can swing through 360° on the HandyPod’s ball head. That ball head can be locked in position using a simple push-button mechanism, and while the legs’ rubber pads add stability, the HandyPod has a dedicated handgrip so can be used off the ground for panning video shots. Also available is the HandyPod Mobile package, which adds Joby’s GripTight One GorillaPod universal mount for smartphones. 

XSories Deluxe Tripod

9. XSories Deluxe Tripod

Here’s a great example of the kind of commodity tripod that dominates the market, and yet this particular one is exceptionally good at what he does. Firstly, it weighs almost nothing, clocking in at just 65g. It's also very slim, so can easily fit into a trouser pocket or jacket pocket. On top is a small ball head for flexibility, and a standard quarter-inch tripod thread that attaches to any compact camera, or any cheap smartphone clamp that can be had for a few quid. In practice, it's halfway between a bendy, Joby-style tripod and a rigid design. Although it can be used as a standard straight-legged tripod, there is easily enough give in the legs to wrap round something, such as a fence post or a tree branch. Don't bet on putting too much weight on the XSories Deluxe, but if you have a small camera, or phone ( and a separate screw-on clamp ), it does the job very nicely.

How to choose the best travel tripod

The travel tripod market is split to serve the kind of device you’re using, of course. For phones, it's largely a commodity market, because the tripod and the clamp that keeps your phone in place don't have to bear much weight. Consequently, these types of tripods can cost just a few quid and are easy to travel with.

Lightweight designs are what the rest of the market aims for, with tripods designed for DSLR and mirrorless cameras much larger, but often manufactured from very lightweight materials. Consequently, they can be expensive. In fact, at the top end of the market, just shaving a few grams of the weight usually explains the high price. 

Happily, in-between cheap smartphone designs and expensive top-end configurations for expensive cameras, there are a fleet of smaller, tougher travel tripods that are good for all kinds of equipment and scenarios. Amazon is usually the best place to head for travel tripods, as you can get hold of highly-rated products for sometimes a fraction of the high street price. 

Get the T3 newsletter!

All the best features, news, tips and great deals to help you live a better life through technology

Jamie is a freelance journalist, copywriter and author with 20 years' experience. He's written journalism for over 50 publications and websites and, when he's not writing, spending most of his time travelling – putting the latest travel tech through its paces.

Belkin Auto Tracking Stand Pro

This portable iPhone stand is perfect for hands-free FaceTime calls and impromptu dance videos

By Mat Gallagher Published 6 April 24

Samsung spring cleaning

If you spend more time thinking about cleaning than actually doing it, this tool is for you

By Lizzie Wilmot Published 6 April 24

Best travel backpack

The best travel backpacks for everything from weekends away and business trips to backpacking and hiking

By Jamie Carter Last updated 20 December 23

Excitrus PDW100208 magnetic wireless power bank review

This heavyweight USB-C power bank with a MagSafe wireless charging pad is ideal for home, office and travel with electronics

By Jamie Carter Published 9 March 22

A man plugging his phone into one of the best power banks, the BioLite Charge PD 80

Whether you’re travelling, commuting or in the office, the best power banks keep your smartphone, laptop and everything recharged and ready to use

By Jamie Carter Last updated 15 March 24

BioLite Charge PD 80 portable power bank review

Travel-friendly and fuss-free USB-C power bank for recharging laptops, smartphones and more

By Jamie Carter Last updated 9 March 22

person taking a picture with a camera

We showcase a selection of the best gifts and presents for photographers, for every budget

By Gavin Stoker Last updated 7 December 23

Online photo printing vs home printing

Want to print your photos but don't know where to start? We're here to help you decide…

By Gavin Stoker Published 6 January 22

How can I print high-quality photos at home?

Want to print high-quality photos at home? Here's how!

A family sat around a photo album, looking at prints from one of the best photo printing services

The best photo printing services will make preserving your memories a cinch

By Sarah Griffiths Last updated 4 January 23

Useful links

  • When is the next Prime Day?
  • Best 5G phones
  • Best VPN services
  • Best laptops
  • Best smartphones
  • Best mattresses
  • Best phone deals
  • Best mattress deals
  • Best TV deals
  • Discount codes

The 12 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Adventure

No matter where your wanderlust takes you, you’ll capture the moment better with this essential piece of gear.

best travel tripods

Gear-obsessed editors choose every product we review. We may earn commission if you buy from a link. Why Trust Us?

However, that premise goes out the window as soon as the shooting conditions change. If you want to shoot with a long exposure time, shoot in low-light or nighttime conditions, shoot video , or just want to take nice solo photos when you're traveling alone, you'll want a travel tripod.

While tripods are useful, they also tend to be bulky and heavy, so having a specific tripod for travel makes a big difference. Compared to standard tripods, travel tripods are usually smaller when collapsed, weigh less, and have smaller secondary parts like hinges, feet, and handles.

Not all travel tripods are created equal, though. Some are better suited to large DSLR cameras , while others may only work with smartphones. Here are the best travel tripods to consider for your upcoming vacation to suit all budgets, camera types, and experience levels.

Best Travel Tripods

Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

Best Overall

Peak design carbon fiber travel tripod.

Tripod, Camera Tripod for DSLR AT24EVO

Geekoto Tripod, Camera Tripod for DSLR AT24EVO

Osmo Mobile SE Intelligent Gimbal

Best Travel Tripod for Professionals

Dji osmo mobile se intelligent gimbal.

Selfie Stick Tripod

Best for Smartphones

Atumtek selfie stick tripod.

AM124 Carbon Fiber Tripod

Best Travel Tripod for Heavy Cameras

Sirui am124 carbon fiber tripod.

Element Traveller 5-Section Tripod Kit

Best Ball Head

Manfrotto element traveller 5-section tripod kit.

Max Grip + Tripod

Best for Action Cameras

Gopro max grip + tripod.

Flexible Camera Tripod

Best Flexible

Fotopro flexible camera tripod.

Selfie Stick

Most Compact

Bze selfie stick.

Travel Video Tripod

Best for Video

Manfrotto travel video tripod.

The Expert: I'm a freelance travel writer and editor who focuses primarily on adventure travel, which means I often take photos for stories in challenging conditions. While landscape photos may seem easy, I often shoot scenes with moving water, night sky, and time-lapse shots, which all require a tripod. I've used many tripods while traveling and am very conscious of weight and size as I often come close to airline weight limits with my bags, especially if I'm already carrying a heavy camera and lenses.

What to Look for in a Travel Tripod

Not every travel tripod will be marketed as a travel tripod, so when selecting one to use during travel, there are a few specific factors to consider.

One of the two most important considerations is weight. Every pound counts when you're working against airline baggage weight limitations, especially on smaller planes or airlines with lower-than-normal weight limits. Sturdy studio tripods can easily weigh into the 15-plus-pound range, but for a travel tripod, you'll likely want to keep it somewhere around 4 pounds or less—roughly the weight of a pair of boots. Plastic travel tripods will probably be the lightest but potentially the least durable. Carbon fiber is extremely strong and lightweight, but much pricier.

Our Pack-and-Go Picks: Best Travel Accessories | Best Travel Bags | Best Travel Gifts

The second most important factor is size. Traditionally, tripods have (as the name belies) three telescoping legs. Travel tripods still have that feature, though many have uniquely shaped legs or modified center columns and handles to make them thinner and shorter when compressed, at least compared to a tripod not designed for travel.

Next, consider the weight capacity/limit: If you find an inexpensive tripod with small measurements, look at the weight rating before you buy it, especially if you have an SLR camera with heavy lenses. Every travel tripod should say the maximum weight it can hold. Keep in mind there are risks to exceeding the weight rating. Either the tripod will break or, more likely, the weight of your camera and lenses will cause it to tip forward, potentially damaging your camera.

Finally, look at the device that attaches your camera to the tripod (called a mount, or mounting plate) and make sure the mount will work with your camera. If you're buying a smartphone travel tripod, get one with a smartphone mount (usually a spring-loaded hook that grips across the back of your phone). If you're looking for a travel tripod for a DSLR, make sure your camera has a threaded hole on the bottom.

Look for a tripod with a quick-release plate to make mounting and removing your camera much. Quick release plates stay screwed into the bottom of your camera and snap onto your tripod, so you don't have to thread your camera in each time.

Note: You can buy tripod mount adapters, but you'll still have to deal with weight limitations—so you can usually mount lighter cameras to smaller tripods, not the other way around.

How We Selected These Travel Tripods

multiple travel tripods

To choose the best travel tripods, I relied on my personal experience using travel tripods and talking with other photographers on their preferred brands and tripod features. From there, I narrowed down my potential picks, then researched user reviews, materials, and features for each.

Once I had a roundup of the top travel tripod options, I finalized my selections based on the best for each superlative below, intentionally choosing from a variety of brands, price points, and photography experience levels.

Peak Design doesn't make dozens of products within each category, but the ones it does make are incredibly well designed and engineered, and very intentional—there’s a reason behind every material and feature selection.

That seems true of the brand’s highly awarded travel tripod, which packs features like a hidden phone mount, a ball head with a twistable lock, extra clips for straps and attachments, and legs that can lower into an almost-flat position into a very lightweight package.

It may look like a standard tripod from the outside, but what makes Peak Design Travel Tripod so great for travel is its compact circumference. When packed, the tripod’s legs, ballhead, and adjustable central column fit together like puzzle pieces, allowing it to be much thinner than most travel tripods. Peak Design is also a B-Corp, is a member of 1% for the Planet, is climate neutral, and has a gear resale program to keep used gear out of landfills.

If you’re not hung up on name brands or particularly care about having a tripod that’ll be able to handle extremely tough conditions, consider the Geekoto AT24Evo. It may not be made with ultralight, ultra-durable materials like higher-end travel tripods, but you get features of much more expensive options in a relatively inexpensive package. That includes a ballhead for a full range of angles, a tall maximum height, a detachable monopod (akin to a selfie stick), and a quick-release plate.

This is an ideal budget tripod for tall shooters as it has an impressive maximum height of 77 inches, though that does come with a relatively long (19 inch) packed length.

Tripods with gimbals—weight-balanced devices that allow cameras to smoothly pan and rotate even while moving—were once solely the provenance of big-time Hollywood videographers. But now, with so many travelers making their living as professional content creators, travel tripods with gimbals have become much more common—and much more affordable.

This unit moves on three axes and the DJI app has built-in templates for easy shooting and editing. Features include motion stabilizing, single-finger controls, snap-on phone connectivity, and gesture control so you can stay in charge even when you’re in front of the camera.

The only downside is that the actual tripod part is fairly short, but that’s a fair trade-off considering it’s a travel tripod, camera gimbal, and selfie stick in one package small enough to fit in a jacket pocket.

For those who mostly take pictures on their smartphone, this unit has a convenient 2-in-1 design that’s ideal for traveling. It weighs less than 1 pound and folds down into a compact 12 inches, yet as a tripod, it reaches 51 inches tall. It can also be held as a selfie stick for those times you want a group photo.

This tripod is compatible with most popular smartphones, including iPhones, Samsung Galaxy, Google Pixel, and more. It comes with a rechargeable Bluetooth remote—a big bonus—that you can use for self-portraits while traveling solo.

It’s possible to find travel tripods that hold more than 26 pounds—but unless you’re a Hollywood cinematographer shooting on a massive video camera, they’re likely going to be overkill. The weight rating on the SIRUI AM124 Carbon Fiber Tripod is more than enough for heavy cameras with massive lenses, and I love that it has extra stability-focused features like retractable spikes on the feet and a central hook to add extra weight for counterbalancing the camera.

Aside from the price, the biggest downside is that photographers will have to make due with just a til-and-pan mount, or pay nearly $100 extra for the ball-head version .

The aluminum ball head on this travel tripod allows you to easily adjust your camera’s angle to capture any shot, with an independent 360-degree pan. It weighs less than 1 pound and extends to more than 56 inches, thanks to its five-section telescopic legs, which can also be positioned independently to accommodate any terrain.

The travel tripod has a maximum weight capacity of 8.8 pounds, making it best suited for small DSLR cameras, and a spring-loaded hook at the bottom of the center column to add weight for extra stability. It also comes with a carrying case for easy transport.

One of the reasons action cameras are great for travel is they can be mounted on almost anything—helmets, chest straps, underwater handles, and even the tips of skis and snowboards. But having multiple mounting options is useless if what you really need is a way to hold it still for time lapses or on-camera video recording.

Fortunately, the GoPro Max Grip + Tripod is both an extendable selfie stick and a tripod in one, and its compact size is one of the smallest I’ve seen. I keep my action cam mounted to it throughout my travels as the twist-locks are easy to deploy and the magnetic legs keep the tripod secure when I’m using it as a selfie stick.

The slim design is ideal for keeping the tripod mostly out of the frame on 360-degree action cameras, but it’ll work with any type of action camera that uses a similar mount.

This tripod doesn’t offer the height of a standard model, but its unique flexible (and waterproof!) legs can be wrapped around any surface—including trees, fences, poles, and more—allowing you to capture unique angles. The tripod comes with attachments for a standard camera, smartphone, and GoPro, and it has a ball head that easily rotates 360 degrees.

This travel tripod weighs just a few ounces, plus there's a Bluetooth remote control included for selfies. With a reasonable price point, the package is great value for all you get.

This selfie stick is as lightweight and compact as they come, allowing you to easily take photographs of yourself and your travel companions. It’s designed to hold smartphones, including popular iPhone, Android, and Samsung models, and it extends to 40 inches for good wide-angle shots. It also comes with a small tripod base and Bluetooth remote.

Keep in mind that this selfie stick is designed for smartphones only, not a heavy DSLR camera.

Capture stunning video footage while traveling with this tripod, which extends to nearly 5 feet and offers 360-degree panning for incredibly smooth images, thanks to its fluid video head. It also supports cameras up to 8.8 pounds.

Other top features include lever-style leg locks for fast setup, as well as a leveling ball joint to ensure perfect horizontal alignment on uneven ground. It has a removable pan bar and two camera adapters, and there's a carrying case included.

K&F Concept Concept Camera Tripod

Concept Camera Tripod

Most tripods have a maximum height around 60 inches (5 feet), but this one extends to 69 inches, allowing you to capture those high-angle shots. The tripod weighs just over 3 pounds, and it has a high, 22-pound maximum weight capacity.

The aluminum-alloy tripod features a 360-degree ball head for panoramic shooting, and one of its legs can be removed to convert it to a monopod. Its inverted central axis allows for low-angle shooting, as well.

National Geographic Travel Tripod Kit

Travel Tripod Kit

This travel tripod is your best bet for backroad adventures. Constructed of lightweight carbon fiber, it weights less than 3 pounds and easily converts to a monopod for nature photography. Plus, it comes with a durable carrying case.

Other highlights include five-section legs with twist locks, a 360-degree ball head, and three leg-angle stops for better stability on uneven terrain. Its 90-degree column mechanism allows you to shoot from ground level or directly overhead, and there's a spring-loaded hook on the tripod's bottom to hang it.

Travel Tripods that Go the Distance. Expert Suzie Dundas Offers These Buying Tips!

peak design travel tripod

PM : What is the biggest difference between a budget travel tripod and an expensive one?

SD: The difference can vary quite a bit. Think of travel tripods as having three main points to evaluate: weight, size, and strength. You can generally have two of those without paying a lot. If you want it to be lightweight and small, it may not be very sturdy. If you want it to be sturdy and lightweight, it may not be that small.

If you want it to be small, sturdy, and lightweight, you’ll probably have to buy a more expensive one. So the biggest difference between an inexpensive travel tripod and a pricey one generally comes down to which of those qualities you’re going to sacrifice (or not).

PM : How important is thickness of a tripod?

SD : Thickness doesn't matter at all—what matters is the sturdiness. In general, it’s fair to say that thicker tripods will be more stable, but that’s not to say that there can’t be thin, stable tripods, especially if they’re made with strong materials like carbon alloys. The actual thickness of the materials is secondary.

The only exception to this may be if you choose a travel tripod with plastic legs (which will likely be an inexpensive option). You may want to go with something a bit thicker to reduce the chances of it breaking or getting bent if it accidentally gets sat on or smashed in your suitcase.

PM: Twist or flip?

SD : With telescoping legs, you’ll find two methods of locking the legs when extended: twist locks or flip locks. Twist locks are easy to use: twist the locks in one direction to lock them, twist them in the other direction to unlock (and collapse) them; It’s essentially a wringing motion.

Tripods with twist locks are generally less bulky, setup is quick, and the lack of extra levers means they’re less likely to get snagged or caught on straps and bags. However, it can be easier to think they’re locked when they’re not, and they can trap abrasive materials like dirt and sand in the mechanisms if not cleaned occasionally.

Flip-style locks have some kind of lever or tab you’ll flip to switch between locked and unlocked. These levers may add a bit of extra width or bulk to your tripod, and they’re a bit slower to set up as most tripods will have at least six of these levels on the legs.

However, buyers who are new to using travel tripods will likely benefit more from flip-style locks, as it’s much easier to tell with a glance if they’re locked or not, eliminating accidental falls. Twist locks also tend to be a feature of higher-end (i.e. more expensive) travel tripods.

PM : How much is too much to pay for one of these?

SD : How much is too much to pay for a travel tripod is an impossible question to answer, except in very broad strokes: plan to pay somewhere between $30 and $1,000.

Travel tripods designed for phones and action cameras will generally be cheaper than travel tripods for professional-level cameras. You can get a high-end, durable travel tripod for a phone for less than $100, and likely less than that.

However, if you’re shooting on a more expensive camera, you don’t want the device holding that camera to be too inexpensive or poorly made. You also want to ensure your travel tripod for a DSLR can maintain its integrity and strength even when knocked over on rough ground or airplane storage bins, banged around in your luggage, or handled roughly in transit. Cameras are expensive and you want to be able to trust your tripod to protect them.

That’s not to say you need to go much beyond the $300 range, but it does mean DSLR shooters won’t want to consider price as the most important factor. And if you’re shooting professional-level content with extremely long or heavy lenses, you’re probably looking more at the $500 range, especially if you add a DSLR gimbal attachment.

PM : What are some extra features to be on the lookout for?

SD : Travel tripods are certainly not as complicated as the cameras themselves, but there are a few features you need to consider. If you plan on shooting video, you’ll likely want a pan handle. It’s just what it sounds like—a grippy handle you can use to smoothly pan the camera.

Another feature on many, but not all, travel tripods is an adjustable center column. They allow you to adjust the camera height without adjusting the legs. They’re especially useful on travel tripods with flip-style locks that take longer to adjust or for taller photographers.

You’ll also want to look at the tripod head: the apparatus that allows you to move and swing the camera while still attached to the tripod. Many higher-end and professional travel tripods will have ballheads, which can rotate your camera at virtually any angle between 0 and 180 degrees.

The other most frequent travel tripod head is referred to as a “tilt-and-pan.” These generally allow you to move the camera to the left and right, plus forward and backward, but only at 90-degree angles. Travel tripods with ball heads offer a much wider range of flexibility for shooting and are quicker to adjust.

Originally from the East Coast, Suzie Dundas is a Lake Tahoe-based freelance writer and editor who now splits her time between enjoying the outdoors and writing about them—she's the senior outdoor editor at Matador Network and a regular adventure and travel contributor at TripSavvy.com . She has written feature stories for publications like Outside Magazine , SkyLife Magazine , Playboy , Frommers, INSIDER, and more, and contributes couples travel and honeymoon content for TheKnot.com . Suzie co-authored Lonely Planet Sustainable Travel Guide and is the author of 2021's "Hiking Lake Tahoe." She has undergraduate degrees from the University of Maryland and an M.A. in media and political communication from George Washington University. Follow her on Instagram at @HikeUpYourSkirt or find more of her work at suziedundas.com . 

preview for Popular Mechanics All Sections

.css-cuqpxl:before{padding-right:0.3125rem;content:'//';display:inline;} Adventure .css-xtujxj:before{padding-left:0.3125rem;content:'//';display:inline;}

a group of filtered water bottles

The 9 Best Lightweight Hiking Boots

a person holding a knife

The 10 Best Swiss Army Knives for Home or Away

several solar powered generators on stones

The 9 Best Solar-Powered Generators

a black and yellow lantern

The 7 Best Camping Lanterns to Light Up the Night

mclaren 720s vs road

15 Countries Worth Visiting for an Epic Drive

snow tube lead

The 8 Best Snow Tubes for Speed, Safety, and Fun

nomadix puffer blanket, big agnes pluton 40, sleeping bags

The 7 Best Ultralight Sleeping Bags

commuter backpacks

The 7 Best Backpacks for Commuting to Work

best travel backpacks

The 9 Best Travel Backpacks for Life On the Go

a collage of different types of clothing

REI Presidents’ Day Sale

best electric skateboards

The 6 Best Electric Skateboards

Wandering Wheatleys - Logo

Best Travel Tripods (2023): 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

We have been traveling the world for the last three years and sharing our travel photos on Instagram and here on our blog. Over the course of our travels, we have found that a lightweight and compact travel tripod is one of the most important pieces of gear in our travel photography packing list .

You can take great travel photos without a tripod but there are certain scenarios where one is absolutely necessary. For example, if you want to shoot star photos, silky smooth waterfall photos, or cityscapes at night, you’ll need to have a good tripod. And rather than giving creative control to a stranger for your next selfie, traveling with a tripod will ensure that you get the exact framing you want.

Best Lightweight Trave Tripods (Kirkjufellsfoss Waterfall, Iceland)

A great travel tripod has to check a lot of boxes; it needs to be lightweight, compact, sturdy, and easy to set up. And a well-built tripod should last for years so it’s worth investing in a good one.

But purchasing a travel tripod can be overwhelming. And considering you’ll need to invest at least $100 USD (and probably closer to $300 USD) to get a high-quality tripod, you’ll want to make sure you pick the right one for your camera setup and photography style.

We have compiled a list of our 9 favorite lightweight and portable tripods for you to take on your next world trip. If you’re wondering what’s the best travel tripod for you, read on!

Don’t forget to check out our web story: 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers 

Disclaimer: This post may contain affiliate links. If you make a purchase or booking through one of our links we may earn a small commission (don’t worry, it’s at no extra cost to you).

What to Consider When Purchasing a Travel Tripod

Tripod material: aluminum vs. carbon fiber.

If you’re serious about travel photography then you’ll want to invest in a carbon fiber tripod.

Travel tripods are generally made from either aluminum or carbon fiber. Carbon fiber is both lighter and stronger than aluminum, making it the preferred material for all high-end travel tripods. If you’re serious about travel photography then you’ll eventually want to invest in a carbon fiber tripod.

Unfortunately, carbon fiber is also significantly more expensive than aluminum which means you’ll be paying a premium to shave a few ounces off of your tripod. If you’re on a tight budget and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight, an aluminum tripod is perfectly acceptable until you can save up and purchase a carbon fiber version.

Tripod Weight

Best Compact Travel Tripods (Horseshoe Bend, Arizona)

We recommend buying a travel tripod that is less than 4 lbs.

Weight is probably the most important factor to consider when searching for a travel tripod. And we recommend buying a travel tripod that is less than 4 lbs. But unless you’re embarking on a multi-day backpacking trip, you probably don’t need to worry about a few extra ounces.

And keep in mind that you’ll likely have to make some sacrifices if you want to shave weight off of your tripod. A lighter tripod will likely have a shorter maximum height and be a bit less sturdy than a heavier tripod.

Tripod Size When Collapsed

Look for a travel tripod that collapses down to 13-20 inches.

The second deciding factor when choosing a travel tripod is how small it will be when folded up. Whether you’re embarking on an international trip or taking your tripod on a weekend camping trip, you’ll want something that can easily fit in your day pack.

Look for a travel tripod that collapses down to 13-20 inches. Anything larger than that and you’re looking at a more traditional tripod. Any smaller and you’re probably going to be making some big sacrifices in terms of stability and versatility.

Tripod Height When In Use

Cheap & Inexpensive Travel Tripods (Iceland)

Shorter tripods weigh less, but will sometimes limit your ability to get the exact photo you want.

Maximum height is often overlooked when buying a travel tripod. Many heavier tripods extend to 6 feet or even taller, but as you start looking at lightweight travel tripods you’ll notice that the maximum height starts to shrink.

Shorter tripods weigh less, but will sometimes limit your ability to get the exact photo framing that you want. And a shorter tripod also means you’ll have to stoop to look through the viewfinder.

You should also pay attention to how low the tripod can get to the ground as some photography situations will lend themselves to very low-angle shots.

Tripod Sturdiness

Heavier tripods are typically more sturdy than lighter tripods. And fewer leg sections and center column sections also means greater tripod stability.

The sturdiness of your tripod is quite important for two reasons.

  • When shooting long exposures you don’t want to have even the slightest movement of your camera. A sturdy tripod is the first line of defense against camera shake. The same goes for shooting timelapse videos.
  • If a strong gust of wind blows your tripod over, it can potentially destroy thousands of dollars of photography equipment in a matter of seconds.

Unfortunately, there is no quantitative measurement for a tripod’s sturdiness. Heavier tripods are typically more sturdy than lighter tripods. And fewer leg sections and center column sections also mean greater tripod stability.

Number of Leg Sections

More leg sections means your tripod will be more compact, but it also means your tripod will be less sturdy.

Almost all travel tripods have either 4 or 5 leg sections. More leg sections typically mean your tripod will be more compact and have a higher maximum height, but it also means your tripod will be less sturdy.

These days many travel tripods are designed with a 2-section center column. Similar to the tripod’s legs, more sections in the center column mean a more versatile but less sturdy tripod.

Style of Leg Locks

There are advantages and disadvantages to each style of leg lock, but twist locks are dominating the travel tripod market these days.

A tripod’s “leg locks” are the connection mechanisms that hold the sections of each leg together. They allow you to lock the legs in place when the tripod is in use and then unlock it so the tripod can be easily collapsed.

Leg locks come in 2 styles: twist locks and lever locks. Twist locks are more compact and low profile, but it’s not easy to see if they are fully tightened at a glance. Lever locks are bulkier, but when you snap the lever shut you know the leg section is firmly locked in place.

There are advantages and disadvantages to each style of a leg lock, but twist locks are dominating the travel tripod market these days.

Tripod Ball Head

Best Portable Travel Tripods

Many tripods include a ball head but there are a few that do not. Keep this in mind when calculating the weight and cost of your new tripod.

Remember that you’ll need to have a ball head in addition to your tripod. This is the piece that screws onto the top of your tripod and allows your camera to easily swivel around and up and down while it’s mounted on the tripod.

Many tripods include a ball head but there are a few (such as the Gitzo Traveler ) that do not. In this case, you’ll need to purchase a ball head separately. Keep this in mind when calculating the weight and cost of your new tripod.

9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking, Trekking, and Backpacking

1. sirui a1205 carbon fiber tripod with y-11 ball head.

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Sirui A1205 Carbon Fiber Tripod

In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market.
  • Material: Carbon Fiber
  • Tripod-only Weight: 2 lbs
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.66 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 14 inches
  • Leg Sections: 5
  • Maximum Height: 55.1 inches
  • Minimum Height: 10.2 inches
  • Max Load: 22 lbs
  • Leg Locks: Twist
  • Ball head Included: Yes

In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market. We have been using an earlier model of this tripod for the last three years and it has never failed us.

It is lightweight, sturdy, and compact – everything you could want in a travel tripod! Plus, it is surprisingly affordable for a carbon fiber tripod.

The Sirui A1205 weighs in at only 2.66 lbs with the ball head attached but can support 22 lbs of photography gear. This makes it the perfect companion for our D7500 and 18-200mm lens .

The only downside to this tripod setup is the included Y-11 ball head doesn’t have a tension knob. You can upgrade to a G-10X or K-10X ball head if you want a tension knob (we use the K-10X).

Check Price on Amazon

2. MeFoto Roadtrip Carbon Fiber Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): MeFoto RoadTrip Carbon Fiber Tripod

The MeFoto Roadtrip is the most popular entry-level travel tripod on the market.
  • Weight with Ball Head: 3.1 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 15.4 inches
  • Maximum Height: 61.6 inches
  • Minimum Height: 15.35 inches
  • Max Load: 17.6 lbs

The MeFoto RoadTrip is the most popular travel tripod on the market and for good reason. It’s designed to have everything you need in a tripod, including a well-built triple-action ball head, while still packing down to just 15.4 inches.

It’s loaded with handy features, including a bubble level on the ball head and a recessed hook on the center column so you can add weight for stability in windy conditions.

It extends to a maximum height of 61.6 inches making it the tallest travel tripod we review here. So if you’re tall and don’t like stooping over every time you use your tripod, then the MeFoto RoadTrip is the best option for you!

All of MeFoto’s tripods come in a variety of bright colors and their RoadTrip tripod even comes in a posh leather edition .

Check Prices on Amazon

3. Manfrotto Befree Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Manfrotto Befree Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Manfrotto Befree is an excellent all around travel tripod at an affordable price. It’s a solid combination of tripod weight, sturdiness, and value.
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.75 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 16.14 inches
  • Leg Sections: 4
  • Maximum Height: 59.06 inches
  • Minimum Height: 16.14 inches
  • Max Load: 17.64 lbs

The Manfrotto Befree is an excellent all-around travel tripod at an affordable price. It’s a solid combination of tripod weight, sturdiness, and value. The carbon fiber version of this tripod weighs in at just 2.75 lbs and collapses down to 16.14 inches.

A bit taller and bulkier than the Sirui A1205, while shorter and lighter than the MeFoto Roadtrip, it represents a happy medium between the two.

The Manfrotto Befree typically ships with a 494 Center Ball Head which, along with the tripod, can support a maximum camera weight of 17.64 lbs. It’s a triple-action ball head meaning it has an independent pan and tilts control knobs plus tension control built into the tilt knob.

Surprisingly, there is no spirit level on the ball head so you may want to invest in one for your camera’s hot shoe .

Manfrotto is one of the best tripod manufacturers so you can expect a quality product as well as a 10-year extended warranty and great customer service.

Manfrotto Befree Aluminum Tripod Kit

You can also save yourself about $100 if you opt for the Manfrotto Befree aluminum version instead of carbon fiber. It will only add 8.5 ounces (0.53 lbs) to the tripod.

  • Tripod-only Weight: 2.53 lbs
  • Weight with Ball Head: 3.28 lbs

4. Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod

If you want the best travel tripod on the market and don’t mind paying a premium for it, then the Gitzo Traveler Series 0 is for you!
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.8 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 14.4 inches
  • Maximum Height: 48.2 inches
  • Minimum Height: 7.9 inches
  • Ball Head Included: No

Gitzo is an industry leader when it comes to tripods and their travel lineup is no exception. The Gitzo Traveler Series 0 Carbon Fiber Tripod is extremely compact, lightweight, and beautifully designed. No doubt you’ll love this tripod if you purchase it. But be warned, Gitzo tripods are a premium product that comes with a premium price tag.

Also, you should take note that this tripod doesn’t ship with a ball head. We recommend pairing it with the Gitzo Series 1 Traveler Center Ball Head which adds 0.8 lbs to the overall weight of the setup.

We actually think that Gitzo tripods are a bit overpriced. The Sirui A1205 has almost the technical specifications but costs about one-third of the price. But if you want the best travel tripod on the market and don’t mind paying a premium for it, then the Gitzo Traveler Series 0 is for you!

5. Three Legged Thing Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Three Legged Thing Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Three Legged Thing Leo is perfect for travel photographers who want an exteremly sturdy tripod and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight.
  • Tripod-only Weight: 3.18 lbs
  • Weight with Ball Head: 3.86 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 13.67 inches
  • Maximum Height: 55 inches
  • Minimum Height: 4.75 inches
  • Max Load: 66 lbs
  • Ball Head Included: Yes

The Leo Carbon Fiber Tripod by Three Legged Thing is another impressive travel tripod. Perhaps the most sturdy travel tripod on the market, it can handle a maximum load of 66 lbs!

This little tripod folds down to just 13.67 inches when not in use. But even in such a small package, the Leo is rather heavy at 3.86 lbs. Keep in mind that it still weighs less than 4 pounds and is sufficiently light for all but the most extreme situations.

The included Airhed SWITCH ball head is incredibly strong, supporting a max weight of 80 lbs, but it’s a bit of a one-trick pony. It’s a single-action ball head meaning it doesn’t have a pan control knob and there is no tension screw. You may want to upgrade the ball head at some point for more fine-tuned control.

The Three Legged Thing Leo is perfect for travel photographers who want an extremely sturdy tripod and don’t mind carrying a little extra weight . It’s a great choice if you have a heavy DSLR camera or plan on using large zoom lenses.

6. MeFoto BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): MeFoto Backpacker S Aluminum Tripod

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a terrific value for travelers who use a smaller fixed-lens camera or smartphone for photography.
  • Material: Aluminum
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.54 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 13.19 inches
  • Maximum Height: 54.7 inches
  • Minimum Height: 13.2 inches
  • Max Load: 13.2 lbs

The tripods we have reviewed so far are all great choices if you’re traveling with a full-frame DSLR or mirrorless camera. But if you’re carrying a smaller fixed-lens travel camera like the Sony RX100 or Canon G1 X then you can use a lighter-duty tripod and save yourself some cash.

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a perfect match for smaller cameras or cell phone selfies. It’s incredibly affordable but still lightweight (2.54 lbs) and sturdy. It can handle a maximum load of 13.2 lbs so you can still use it with all but the heaviest cameras and lenses.

The leg locks have deep grooves to provide a good grip while you are setting up or taking down your tripod. It has a dual-action ball head so you’ll have independent control over panning and tilt plus a built-in spirit level.

The MeFOTO BackPacker S Aluminum Tripod is a terrific value for travelers who use a smaller fixed-lens camera or smartphone for photography. As with all MeFoto tripods, the BackPacker S comes in lots of fun colors making it both stylish and functional.

7. Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber Tripod Kit

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Benro SLIM is one of the lightest full-size travel tripods on the market.
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.2 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 20.1 inches
  • Maximum Height: 57.6 inches
  • Minimum Height: 15.7 inches
  • Max Load: 8.8 lbs

Weighing just 2.2 lbs with the included ball head, the Benro SLIM is one of the lightest full-sized travel tripods on the market. It’s a bit longer than the other tripods we’ve reviewed due to the legs not reversing when the tripod is collapsed, but that also means it’s a bit skinnier when collapsed. It is still small enough to make it plenty portable for a day hike or a weekend trip.

The Benro SLIM has spirit levels on both the tripod shoulder and on the quick release clamp which makes leveling the tripod a breeze. And there’s a weight hook under the center column if you need a little more stability in windy conditions.

The ball head is a bit spartan with just a single knob for controlling pan and tilt, but that’s just the price you pay to have a tripod this light and inexpensive.

8. Joby GorillaPod 5K Flexible Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Joby GorillaPod 5K Flexible Tripod

The GorillaPod 5K is perfect for unique angles or snapping photos while keeping a low profile.
  • Tripod-only Weight: 1.06 lbs
  • Weight with Ball Head: 1.63 lbs
  • Tripod Size: 15.16 inches

The GorillaPod 5K is a bit of a different beast in terms of tripods. Each leg is made up of 10 sections so it can be twisted into an endless variety of different shapes.

This flexible tripod can be wrapped around fence posts, tree branches, car mirrors, or any other sturdy object you can find in your vicinity. Making the GorillaPod 5K perfect for unique angles or snapping photos while keeping a low profile.

It’s also sometimes handy to have a second tripod. For example, say you want to shoot a timelapse of a sunset on your iPhone while you’re capturing still images with your DSLR or mirrorless camera.

While we don’t recommend the GorillaPod 5K as your only tripod, it is certainly convenient to have in specific situations.

9. Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

Best Travel Tripods (Lightweight & Portable): Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

A brand new travel tripod from Peak Design. Exceptionally compact and lighteight, but not as sturdy as we would like.
  • Weight with Ball Head: 2.81 lbs
  • Collapsed Size: 15.2 inches
  • Maximum Height: 51.6 inches
  • Minimum Height: 5.5 inches
  • Max Load: 20 lbs
  • Leg Locks: Lever

Peak Design is renowned for its innovative approach to photography gear. Thousands of photographers swear by their camera straps and clips . You’ll also spot travel photographers all over the world sporting their Everyday Backpack (we have the 30-liter version of this backpack in ash grey).

In March 2020, Peak Design released its much-anticipated travel tripod. The triangular-shaped legs fit together in the center making it extra compact when collapsed, and the redesigned ball head gives you a single adjustment ring that controls all movement.

It comes in either a carbon fiber version or an aluminum version with the aluminum adding 0.63 lbs. to the tripod but saving you ~$250.

While the new Peak Design travel tripod is exceptionally light and compact, it is not as sturdy as some of the other best travel tripods on our list. This tripod is best for lightweight cameras (potentially a mirrorless with a small to mid-size lens). Even if you’re under the load limit of 20 lbs, you’ll want to make sure you add some extra weight to the load hanging hook to minimize camera shake.

What’s your pick for the best travel tripod? Let us know below!

Share this on pinterest.

Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel Photographers

About the Author:

Nick Wheatley

Nick took his first solo trip abroad to Ireland and Scotland when he was just 19. Since then he has visited over 70 countries around the world (plus 45 states in the USA). He coupled his passion for travel photography with Val’s passion for writing and thus Wandering Wheatleys was born. He now lives in Asheville with his two rambunctious kids, Humphrey and Wilhelminha. Besides photography, Nick loves eating the weirdest food he can find in a country (sheep’s brain currently sits in first place) and making Val get up an hour before sunrise to make sure he gets “the good light”.

View all posts

Related Posts

Portland, Oregon Packing List for Fall or Winter

What to Pack for Portland, Oregon in the Fall/Winter

Romantic Valentine's Day Gift Ideas for World Travelers

14 Romantic Valentine’s Day Gifts for World Travelers

What to Pack for Iceland: Packing List

What to Pack for a Trip to Iceland: A Complete Packing List

Leave a comment cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

NOMADasaurus Logo

The 10 BEST Travel Tripods – Ultimate Photo Guide [2024]

Alesha and Jarryd

  • Last Updated: February 2, 2024

If you’re in the market to buy the best travel tripod then we’ve got you covered! Working as professional travel photographers we have personally tried and tested countless products on the market, and now are ready to share our expert guide to the best tripods for travel in 2024!

Having spent almost a decade travelling the world on various photography assignments, from Antarctica to the Arctic and everywhere in between, it’s safe to say when it comes to gear, we know what works and what doesn’t.

While some accessories are a bit more generic than others, what we’ve found over the years is that selecting something as important as tripods is not so straightforward as one would think.

We’ve bought, tested, and eventually ditched, dozens of travel tripods since we first got into photography, and are always on the hunt for the best deals.

Peak Design Travel Tripod

Editors Choice: Peak Design Travel Tripod

We’ve tested everything and officially declared this Peak Design product as our top selection for best travel tripods. It’s lightweight, reaches eye level, durable and packs down to the size of a water bottle. You can save a few bucks with the aluminium version or choose carbon fiber for the best in travel photography technology.

Table of Contents

Peak Design Travel Tripod

Punks travis system  , manfrotto befree, vanguard veo 2 go, joby gorillapod 3k pro, zomei iphone tripod, benro systemgo, gitzo traveler series 1, sirui t-005x, mefoto backpacker s , portability , best professional tripod: gitzo traveler series 1, most portable tripod: joby gorillapod 3k.

These days we have finally narrowed it down to our favourite few products, based on features, durability, portability and price, and after thousands of questions from friends and readers we have finally sat down to share our top recommendations from our experience.

But do you really need a tripod for travel photography?

You might think it’s a bit unnecessary, but truth is the travel photography you can create is going to be so much higher quality thanks to one of these essential tools.

Even the steadiest hands give off some shake, and the second you start diving into the world of long exposures, you’re going to need to keep your camera perfectly still.

Speaking of cameras, make sure you check out legendary guide to travel cameras here !

A lightweight travel tripod will provide crystal clear shots, time-lapse video, panoramas, and long-exposure looks at the night sky.

Besides helping create beautiful images, a tripod also comes in handy if you want to setup the camera to take a photo of yourself when no one else is around.

So why talk about the best travel tripods specifically, rather than just camera tripods in general?

Before you can set up your tripod and start shooting, you’ll have to haul your gear to the location.

Any traditional camera tripod may be capable of capturing the shot, but might be too heavy to carry with you.

Remember, you’ll have to carry every piece of gear you take on your hike and back every step of the way.

Photography equipment built for travel has one primary objective: be light weight.

Great travel tripods are small enough to slip into a daypack and strong enough to withstand a grouchy luggage handler to bring a quick and easy setup on the move. 

Even a professional travel tripod will compromise some operating features to be more portable.

Jarryd Sunrise Best Travel Tripod

Whether it’s a lower peak height or wobbly legs, a tripod built for travel won’t have the same comfort levels as a traditional tripod, but packability is priceless. 

The good news is, there are plenty of travel tripods that provide enough creature comforts and extra features that allow them to serve your needs beautifully, and we’re here to show you what the best options have to offer. 

This epic buying guide will cover everything you need to know to feel confident in your purchase.

READ MORE: Keen to become a better creator? Check out our expert guide to our best travel photography tips !

Whether your valuable equipment needs a strong max load, your far-reaching panorama requires great maximum height or your extreme adventures require durable carbon fiber construction, we’ve got the sturdy travel tripod for your next adventure.

There are loads of different components that make up a tripod kit, and no one secret formula to success. Tripod manufacturers and models all have different strengths and weaknesses that allow them to function in different scenarios.

In addition to showcasing the best-in-class tripods, we’ll examine some key points to consider when choosing the best travel tripods for you. So take a look, get your batteries charged, and start shooting with the best tripod for your needs.

The Best Travel Tripods 

We’re on our way to the mountaintop just before sunrise to grab an epic shot. And we’re not going to take just any old tripod with us.

To qualify for this buying guide, the tripods on our list offer the best overall value and utility.

Starting at the pinkies of the interchangeable rubber feet up to maximum height with a ball head attached, we expanded and compacted the leading lightweight travel tripods.

Whether you’re looking for something petite for a compact camera or a full-sized unit, read on to find the best travel tripod for your trip.

Long Exposure Sunrise Pool Photo

Peak Design isn’t just a company name – it’s a brand legacy. After revolutionising the industry with their Capture Clips and backpacks, their award-winning travel tripod was crowdfunded thanks to its smattering of unique design features that make it fit uniquely in every camera bag.

Peak Design spent four years working on this aluminium and carbon fiber travel tripod. An included ball head design that works with unique leg locks to reduce the mini tripod to the diameter of a can of tomato sauce and extend out to a maximum height at eye level. 

The ball-head of such a compact tripod may look funky, but the potential is there, and the ARCA -compatible camera plate works with most DSLRs.

You may feel a bit awkward swinging your camera around the first few shots, but this center ball-head is also one of the biggest reasons this tripod is so packable. Once you get the hang of operation, you may never switch back.  

It’s not the most affordable tripod out there, but any passionate photographer will tell you not to skimp on key camera accessories .

Don’t trust a cheap plastic base to protect your DSLR camera; trust in this sturdy aluminium version (or pay extra for the carbon fiber tripod, which we did ) backed up by a lifetime guarantee. 

  • Packs down to the size of a water bottle
  • Lifetime warranty
  • Light, durable and versatile

Peak Design Travel Tripod

If it wasn’t for the incredible product design at Peak Design, this Travis system would be the clear-cut champ of the travel tripod market – despite not even being created for travel first. 

At $100 less than their rival and with loads of valuable features, this three-legged thing is an excellent addition to any camera kit. 

While it doesn’t pack down to the same compact folded length as our editor’s choice tripod above, Travis has its own strengths. It’s not just trying to be the best travel tripod, it wants to be the only tripod you own. Whether you’re into standard travel photos, astrophotography or waterfall photography , this unit has you covered.

It’s tough to argue with some of its specs. With a great maximum heigh, durability, and strong tripod legs, there aren’t many shots you can’t capture with this tool. 

What we love most about this tripod is the number of professional features the photography-focused 3 Legged Thing brand brought to the little guy.

This system features extra foot options, a quick-release plate, and extension accessories normally reserved for professional tripods that cost hundreds more than this affordable option. You can build out your tripod any way you see fit.  

  • Loads of customization options
  • 11:1 load to weight ratio
  • Ships with its own carrying bag
  • Not a travel tripod first

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07Jmhw1Ps&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

Manfrotto’s BeFree line of travel tripods can be hard to navigate. The Befree tripods come at a variety of costs supporting loads of different features. 

While any model will give you a sturdy camera stand, our favourite BeFree tripod is the 2N1 model , which comes with monopod options.

Detach the center leg, and you’ve got the perfect selfie stick!

You won’t have to lug the entire tripod around when a monopod will do the trick. Put it all back together and you’ll have 4 different leg sections that help you get the shot at all levels.

That’s a great feature, and this robust travel tripod is way more than a one-trick pony. Twist locks clamp across the ball head and each leg allows plenty of height adjustment up to eye level. We love the simple brilliance of a good twist and lock tripod. 

No need to reinvent the wheel; Manfrotto instead took quality features and built them into a lightweight travel tripod affordable to photographers of all levels. 

They also have other models that are worth a look, such as the Manfrotto Befree Advanced.

  • Can also be used as a monopod
  • Wide selection of tripod models for various features
  • Click or twist-lock options
  • Doesn’t pack down as low as other models
  • No carbon fibre models

Elinjaa Falls Carbon Fibre Tripod

Right away, we couldn’t believe that this affordably priced travel tripod comes with carbon fibre construction.

The ultralight and durable material carbon fiber is usually reserved for the most expensive travel tripod options, but Vanguard has made carbon fiber available at a fraction of the cost. 

If materials are the number one concern on your list, but price is a close second, this tripod makes the decision easy.

Set up requires five flip locks that allow the tool to reduce to a tiny size and expand up to eye level, all at less than three pounds. 

Shop around to find a VEO 2 Go package that includes a bubble level, cell phone mount and Bluetooth remote or whatever customisation options you want to bring along with you. One thing for sure, this bad boy is all about traveling light. 

  • Packs down very small
  • Carbon fibre at an affordable price
  • Reversible centre column
  • No carbon fibre option

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07Qpw6Ldz&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

There’s light, and then there’s this. A vlogger and amateur camera-man special, the slingy arms of the Joby GorillaPod 3k is always a go-to for travel photographers where space and flexibility are of the utmost importance.

This is not a full size tripod, as it won’t extend much higher than one foot, but it can be used just about anywhere and the 3k version is perfect for point-and-shoot or mid-sized mirrorless camera setup.

They’re so good, we have two!

The GorillaPod travel tripod can be wrapped around trees, poles or mounted easily to ledges, walls, and car hoods for quick and beautiful shots.

The larger 5K tripod has a larger max load that can support DSLR cameras, but this slim 3K tool supports smartphones and go pros and fits into any daypack. 

The legs of this Joby tripod are flexible, allowing you to find stability and center the horizon on all sorts of uneven surfaces. Above all else, this aluminum tripod is one of the more affordable options on our list. 

If you’re not shopping for a full size best travel tripod, look towards this GorillaPod to fit into every luggage and balance on every surface. 

  • Super flexible legs
  • Works in places where full-size tripods are banned
  • Only extends 16 inches
  • Won’t support a larger camera

Waterfall Photography Tasmania

For the travel photographer that prefers to leave their big DSLR or mirrorless cameras at home and stick to their favourite smartphone, the ZOMEi iPhone Tripod is the one for you.

For less than 20 bucks, you can secure your phone for stable action shots and easy selfies.

If you just want a few memories to send to the folks at home, you can casually throw this ZOMEi lighter tripod in your day pack and start exploring. 

It’s so light you won’t even notice it in your luggage, and once it’s time to shoot, you can take advantage of the three-legged tripod and remote control to capture yourself in motion just as easily as others. 

You can easily sling this tripod to whatever angle you need, making it a perfect option for capturing backyard skateparks and backflips. It’s also a great choice for budding vloggers who haven’t started raking in the ad revenue.

Remote shutter features allow you to stop and start live streams without walking up to the camera.

The affordability, remote start, and iPhone functionality make this a great first tripod, so you can see what a great set of three legs can do for your photography. 

  • Most affordable tripod on our list
  • Comes with a remote shutter
  • Built to work with iPhones
  • Can’t support a dSLR
  • Five leg sections to clip through

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B01Hmvnv7I&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

The SystemGo gets a huge boost by Benro’s additional range of accessories.

It’s a tabletop tripod that can double as a mobile work or photo editing station with the GoPlatform that allows you to mount your laptop with the same protection and versatility as your camera.

Even without this fancy feature, this tripod would be worth a second look .

Benro’s center column helps expand your field of view, although unfortunately, you’ll have to supply your own ball head. 

Its affordability takes a hit because of all these additional purchases, but camera operators who want more choice will love this system.

The built-in monopod attachment grants you further control over your kit. You can detach the center leg and use the travel tripod as an arm-extending monopod if you don’t feel like lugging the entire arsenal. 

Look past all these extra features, and you’ll see a great, folding, sturdy tripod with a heavy operating capacity at a modest weight. 

  • Doubles as a mobile workstation
  • Can be used as a monopo d
  • Includes a padded soft case
  • Ball head sold separately
  • Larger than other options on our list

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B072Ksw57W&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

Trust this piece of gear to be ready to roll before sunrise. Carbon fibre can sometimes sacrifice durability in the name of lightweight, but not this Gitzo .

Gitzo tripods are no less than three pounds of the best tripod functionality whittled down to travel size. 

This series is the closest thing to a professional-grade carbon fiber travel tripod on our list, and it still fits in overhead flight storage.

A Swiss Arca quick release ball head and reverse folding leg design allow you to stow this carbon fiber tripod and quickly expand the leg sections when it’s time to shoot. 

Five twist-lock sections are user-friendly and easy to activate to make getting the perfect height even easier. I feel further responsibility to nitpick ultra-expensive options, and we do wish the legs would extend to a bit higher than 58 inches, but overall this series is well worth the high price. 

Gitzo is arguably the number one name in tripods, and with their Traveler series, you can expect nothing less but the best stability and user-friendly features from this model. 

However, for most amateur and even professional photographers, we feel that other tripods can perform the same functions at a fraction of the cost.

The major exception to this is any travel photographers planning to shoot in extreme weather. You won’t find anything more storm-ready than this Gitzo.  

  • Respected tripod brand
  • Very durable
  • High max load weight
  • Quite expensive

Milky Way Gitzo Tripod

Sirui’s aluminum travel tripod cemented its place on our list thanks to its incredibly low price point and high quality build.

If you’re not shopping for a cheap plastic iPhone only tripod, this is the most affordable travel tripod you can find that still offers the stability and performance to be worth bringing along. 

Don’t expect this tripod to rock a heavy load capacity; it’s simply a cheaper aluminum version of the best models on the market.

We love how lightweight it is, and the number of leg sections fold up nicely to stow the tripod in about a foot of space. 

We didn’t love the fact that twist locks split into five different leg sections even though the tripod head won’t reach near 5 feet high.

Oh well, they are what they are, the best budget travel tripods on our list. If you’re looking for no more than three legs and a high build quality ball head, look no further. 

  • Very affordable
  • Really lightweight
  • Carbon fibre and aluminium hybrid
  • Centre column doesn’t compact

Q? Encoding=Utf8&Amp;Asin=B07H7P52Ct&Amp;Format= Sl160 &Amp;Id=Asinimage&Amp;Marketplace=Us&Amp;Serviceversion=20070822&Amp;Ws=1&Amp;Tag=No0C4D 20&Amp;Language=En Us

To round out our best travel tripod list, we present another sturdy option that saves you a bit of money.

The Backpacker S doesn’t pump out eye-popping specs, but it does stay incredibly affordable and lightweight.

And most of us won’t need anything more than this sturdy tripod with Swiss Arca ball plates – no need for a hex key!

The ball-head allows complete 180-degree rotations of your camera, perfect for panoramas. You can have your choice of several bright colors, all with great functionality at an affordable price. 

It’s another high-quality aluminum tripod that isn’t trying to reinvent the industry.

Instead, Mefoto has presented affordable and lightweight travel tripods that prove you don’t need to spend hundreds of dollars to shoot with stability. 

  • Can be converted into a monopod
  • Additional mount available for phones and cameras
  • Affordable and customisable
  • Not built for all-weather
  • Decent across the board but doesn’t have any exceptional features

How to Choose the Best Tripods for Travel

As you can see, there’s a lot of great options when it comes to selecting the best travel tripod!

By definition, tripods often look pretty similar – Three legs with varying degrees of leg locks come together at a ball-head camera mount, maybe with a quick release plate.

With so much standardisation in construction, how can one tripod be considered better than the rest?

While loads of budget tripods can provide a capable camera stand, there are only a few products that seriously consider each of the following factors.

To choose the best travel tripod for your next adventures, take a look at these factors and decide which ones are most important for your needs. 

Ask yourself how you’ll be travelling to your photoshoots. If you’re travelling with an entire car full of room, you won’t have to worry as much about tripod weight as you will if you’re looking for a compact travel tripod that is also a hiking companion. 

Long-term travellers living out of a backpack may not feel the difference in a pound or two, but should emphasise buying a tripod that compacts to a small size.

And, of course, we have to be able to afford the dang thing! 

READ MORE: Make sure you have a good way to carry your tripod by diving deep into our ultimate guide to the best camera backpacks !

Without portability, your travel tripod is just a tripod. Your tripod’s portability will be a combination of its weight and folding size. 

Weight is a straightforward factor to consider – less is more! However, a lightweight tripod may sacrifice a bit of durability to weigh next to nothing, and lightweight tripods are generally more expensive, such. asthe

Ask yourself how many miles you plan on walking with your entire load capacity on your back, and let that answer define how lightweight your travel tripod will be. The lightest options on our list weigh between 2-4 pounds.

The folded length is just as important as weight. The Peak Design Travel Tripod ’s ability to condense down to the size of a water bottle is what earned its title of the best travel tripod.  

We want the number of leg sections to fold down and fit inside our travel bag, but some ultra-folding travel tripods may sacrifice maximum load capacity and durability to bend further.

Visualise how you will be transporting your tripod weight and decide how important folded length is to keep everything inside your backpack.

Portable Travel Tripod

Aha! The reason why tripods aren’t more portable across the board. I like my tripods to reach as close to eye level as possible, about 5 feet at maximum height. Anything more is a bonus, but anything less will start to lose value. 

Don’t forget to check out minimum folded height as well! You might want a tripod that can function with a leg angle selector at only a few inches off the ground for close-up shots, which can be handy for some types of landscape photography .

Not all 6-foot tripods are built the same, a lot depends on the number of leg sections it takes to get there.

Look at how the tallest travel tripod reaches its height and make sure it doesn’t sacrifice too much max load – we still need a sturdy tripod!

The more sections your tripod has, the smaller its folded height may be, but the more leg locks you’ll have to turn loose before your tripod is ready to shoot. 

I find that tripods with more than four leg sections start to be less sturdy and more annoying to lock up. 

Some of the tripods on our list are not cheap, especially if it’s a carbon fiber tripod. If you’re making a significant investment in your travel tripod though, you should expect it to last.

We’ve already touched on a few factors that impact durability; lightweight status, tripod weight, and leg sections. But the biggest indicator of your tripod’s durability is the build materials. 

Most of the tripods on our list use aluminum and carbon fiber. We do not recommend investing in a travel tripod made of plastic if you plan on taking it through the wringer.

Even if you don’t plan on bumps and bruises, the cheapest travel tripod won’t last more than a year or two, it will be flimsy and you wouldn’t even want to trust compact cameras on it.

Aluminum is a great middle ground. It’s not so expensive, and it’s not very fragile.

Travellers taking photos in normal weather conditions and exposing their gear to an average amount of wear and tear will be OK with the lightweight metal, and it still supports great maximum height.

Going near the ocean though, or want the best travel tripod on the market? You’ll need to look at carbon fiber tripods.

Carbon fiber is the strongest, lightest, and most weather-resistant material used in tripod construction, but also the most expensive. Invest in a carbon fiber tripod if you plan on shooting rain or shine. 

Some other tripods are made up of a combination of the two materials to strike up a middle ground. 

There’s a large amount of range in tripod pricing, and you can expect to get what you pay for. As you can see, you can find a good tripod for anywhere from $100- $400. Even higher if you’re looking at the Peak Design Travel Tripod (it’s worth the price tag though).

I strongly believe in investing in your gear, but you shouldn’t buy a travel tripod that costs more than your camera!

Some gearheads will swear by the most expensive options, but the truth is, casual travellers won’t need the features included on a $400 tripod. 

That’s a Wrap!

We broke out the zoom lens and examined the landscape of the best travel tripods on the market with everything we got. Hopefully, the image is starting to get a bit more clear.

While best travel tripod won’t affect your picture quality as much as your camera will, a sturdy, steady, and lightweight tripod will go a long way towards sharp images and safe camera use. 

Whether you’re trying to play with long exposures, vlogging, or working in low-light, our editor’s choice Peak Design Travel Tripod will help you perform to your fullest no matter where you’re shooting. 

Looking for other ideas? Here is our runner up in 2 different categories:

This special carbon fiber tripod won’t come cheap, but it’s the best we’ve tested, and you can always write it off as a business expense if you’re a pro.

The three-pound unit offers excellent stability, durability, and portability that will pay for itself during your first long hike or voyage.

Get the best deal for it here .

Incredibly small, flexible, and portable, this tripod can go anywhere you can. Add in the surprisingly sturdy ball heads at a reasonable price, and you’ve got a simple option focused on portability.

DISCLAIMER: Some of the links in this article are affiliate links, which means if you book accommodation, tours or buy a product, we will receive a small commission at no extra cost to you. These commissions help us keep creating more free travel content to help people plan their holidays and adventures. We only recommend the best accommodations, tours and products that ourselves or our fantastic editorial team have personally experienced, and regularly review these. Thanks for your support, kind friend!

Alesha and Jarryd

Alesha and Jarryd

Hi, We’re Alesha and Jarryd!

Join the Team

We’ve been traveling the world together since 2008, searching for the planet’s best destinations and adventures.

Love Travel?

Sign up for our free weekly newsletter for the best travel tips, ideas and deals!

We respect your privacy. Unsubscribe at any time.

READ MORE...

GoPro HERO 12 Review – Is it Worth Buying in 2024?

Surviving The World’s Most Dangerous Hike – Mt Huashan

25 AWESOME Things to Do in Banff, Canada

Related Posts

The perfect 1, 2 or 3 week australia itinerary [2024], how to get to magnetic island, queensland – everything you need to know, hiking in bohemian switzerland national park (2024 guide), maria island – the best things to do and travel tips [2024], leave a comment cancel reply.

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Advertisement

  • Electronics
  • Camera accessories

The Best Tripod

Four tripods that we tested to find the best tripod, each with a camera attached to the top.

Many of today’s cameras and lenses come with truly impressive image stabilization built right in, but there are always occasions—such as time-lapse or macro photography—when it makes sense to put your camera on a tripod. After spending 60 hours researching tripods and 30 hours testing 16 of the most promising models, we found the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 kit to be the sturdiest platform for challenging shooting situations. It has the tallest maximum height among the tripods we tested, and it’s very stable. It’s also easy to set up and break down, and built to withstand years of use.

Everything we recommend

best travel tripod lightweight

Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100

The best tripod.

This stable, easy-to-use, and versatile tripod has an angling center column. It gets taller and has more leg-angle positions than the other models we tested.

Buying Options

best travel tripod lightweight

Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB

A tripod that can handle two cameras.

Smaller and lighter than our top pick, this tripod can also support two devices at once. But it’s a little less stable and slightly more expensive.

best travel tripod lightweight

Sirui W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner

A solid waterproof tripod.

This tripod doesn’t have an angled center column, but it’s quite sturdy, designed with a greater load capacity than any of our other picks, and (most important) waterproof.

best travel tripod lightweight

Manfrotto Element MII

Best travel tripod.

The Element MII goes from backpack-sized to tall smoothly and quickly, and it provides sturdy support at a price lower than that of our other picks.

best travel tripod lightweight

Sirui P-204SR

The best monopod.

This monopod is strong and stable, perfect if you like shooting subjects that require you to stay on the move.

If you need a more specific kind of support for certain shooting situations, we also have picks for people who dual-wield cameras , those who frequently shoot sports or wildlife , photographers who work in wet conditions , and frequent travelers . But all of the picks in this guide are geared toward full-size cameras. If you’re looking for a tripod for a smartphone, try our guide to the best tripod for iPhones and other smartphones .

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 offers the best balance of size and stability of all the tripods we tested. It gets taller than any of our other picks (68.2 inches at maximum height), its legs can splay outward at four angles, and its angling center column lets you position your camera as low to the ground as you want. This combination means you can find a stable shooting position on all kinds of surfaces, whether the camera is up high or down low. The included ball head (the part that connects the camera to the tripod legs and allows adjustments to the camera’s position) is better than what you usually find bundled with tripods in this price range; it adjusts smoothly, locks down solidly, and has a quick-release plate for you to easily attach and detach the camera. With a 15.5-pound weight limit, this tripod is more than strong enough for any of the camera-and-lens combinations we recommend .

If you’re more of an on-the-go type of shooter, or if you like to shoot with two stabilized cameras at the same time, the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB is the tripod for you. It’s smaller and lighter than our pick and has all the same features, including a multi-angle center column. In addition, it comes with an adapter that lets you mount a second camera to the center column when it’s in the horizontal position, so you can shoot with two devices at once.

If you plan to submerge your tripod in water on a regular basis, Sirui’s W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner is worth paying more for, since it’s designed to keep dirt or sand from mucking up any sliding parts. Solidly built and easy to set up, the W-1004K10 has a ball head that adjusts smoothly, and its impressive 33.1-pound load capacity means that even if you rent a huge lens for a once-in-a-lifetime nature vacation, the W-1004K10 can handle it. It doesn’t have a tilting center column like our other picks, but you probably won’t miss that feature when you’re waist deep in a lake.

Manfrotto’s Element MII is an ideal travel tripod because it offers ample height and support in a highly portable package. Capable of collapsing to just 16.7 inches long and weighing a mere 3.4 pounds, it can nevertheless extend to a maximum height of just over 62.9 inches and support up to 17.6 pounds of gear. It was one of the most stable travel tripods we tested, yet it also costs less than much of the competition. The Element MII has other key features we seek in a travel tripod, such as easy-to-use twist leg locks and smooth and simple control of the ball head. It even has some nifty extras, including two bubble levels to help keep perspectives straight.

If you’re into shooting birds and other wildlife, or if you like to capture fast-moving sports, a tripod might just get in your way. What you need in that situation is a monopod, and the Sirui P-204SR is our favorite monopod because it’s tall, strong, and adaptable. The removable base features three sturdy feet that provide great stability when equipment is mounted, and this monopod can even become a tabletop tripod with an included accessory. With the base attached, the P-204SR stands 63.5 inches tall, and without the base it’s still a respectable 57.9 inches.

The research

Why you should trust us, who should get a tripod, how we picked, how we tested, our pick: vanguard alta pro 2+ 263ab100, flaws but not dealbreakers, best for use with multiple cameras: vanguard veo 3t+ 234ab, a great waterproof tripod: sirui w-1004k10 tripod kit river runner, best for travel: manfrotto element mii, the best monopod: sirui p-204sr, sustainability and the environmental impact of tripods, other good tripods, the competition.

Four of our favorite tripods, each in their most folded and compact position.

Arriana Vasquez has been doing both professional and hobbyist photography for over 10 years and worked for three years as a camera specialist at several camera stores in New York City. Her work ranges from fashion to nature and street photography. She has also contributed to Wirecutter’s guides to instant cameras , tripods for smartphones , and portable document scanners .

Erin Lodi is a photojournalist, writer, and professional photographer , and has a wide range of experience researching, testing, and writing about photography trends, techniques, and tools—including in her role as mobile-imaging editor at DPReview, the most popular camera review site on the web. She has been reporting on travel tripods for this guide since 2014, testing dozens of models and measuring performance in a variety of climates and situations.

Even with the image-stabilization systems built into many modern cameras and lenses, when you’re using slower shutter speeds, the slightest movement of the camera can result in blurry pictures. If you shoot a lot in the following situations, using a tripod will let you get shots that would otherwise be very difficult or even impossible to capture:

  • Low light and longer exposures: When low light requires you to use a slower shutter speed, it’s best to keep the camera stabilized. (Experienced photographers tend to use the reciprocal rule to figure out whether they need to use a tripod.) Similarly, if you’re using a longer exposure to create a special effect—such as blurring the movement of a waterfall while keeping the background sharply focused, or capturing bursts of color from a fireworks show—you’ll get a much better result with a tripod.
  • Remote triggers: You can take much better selfies and group photos with the camera on a tripod. You can either set the timer and run over to pose with the group or connect your camera to your smartphone and trigger the camera with the camera manufacturer’s app. Remote triggers are also useful when you don’t want to be near the camera—say, while you’re waiting for a hummingbird to show up at a bird feeder or for other wildlife to wander in front of your lens.
  • Landscapes, panoramas, and HDR: Even if you’re shooting a landscape with plenty of light, placing the camera on a tripod lets you ensure that the camera is level for a straight horizon and that all the elements in the shot are properly positioned. Similarly, if you want to turn multiple shots into a panorama (stitched together in software), you need a tripod to keep everything evenly placed in the frame. And high dynamic range (HDR) images, which consist of two or more photos combined, require that those pictures be perfectly aligned. A tripod lets you take different exposures to get a better range of highlights and shadows while preserving alignment—the resulting pictures will more accurately reflect the scene you wanted to capture.
  • Close-ups and telephoto shots: Whether you’re using a macro or telephoto lens, the closer you get to a subject, the more sensitive the camera is to even the slightest movement. Telephoto lenses also tend to be bigger and heavier than other lenses, so you might not want to shoot handheld for a long period of time.
  • Images on the go: When you’re shooting under the above conditions while on the go, you’re likely to want a travel tripod, a model that collapses enough to be easily carried when attached to a hiking bag or placed inside a carry-on suitcase. Travel tripods are smaller and lighter than their full-size brethren, and though they might not be quite as stable or have as many extra features as bigger models, they make up for that in portability.

Three tripods that we tested to find the best tripod set up side by side on a grassy hillside overlooking a neighborhood.

We’ve seen plenty of cheap tripods, but in general we’ve found that sub-$100 models are made with poor-quality materials, have less height adjustability, and are more difficult to set up properly. They might seem like a good value if you’re on a tight budget, but in reality your cheap tripod is more likely to break after a year of use (or sooner), meaning you’ll have to spend another $100 for a replacement. Our experience tells us that to get a truly solid, versatile, reliable, and full-featured tripod, you probably should spend around $150 or more.

But there’s also an upper limit to how much most people should spend on a tripod. While carbon-fiber models are slightly lighter than their metal counterparts, they are also far more expensive. Case in point: You’d have to spend an extra $70 to get the carbon-fiber version of our top pick , and doing so would save you only about 9 ounces.

With that in mind, we focused on quality aluminum models. To narrow things further, we looked at the following factors:

  • Load capacity: This represents how much weight a tripod is designed to support. We sought models that could hold a camera-and-lens combination of at least 15 pounds, which is enough to handle even the heaviest camera bodies and lenses we recommend.
  • Maximum height: We scouted for tripods that could reach at least 50 inches without the center column extended and at least 60 inches with the column extended, so even if you’re 6-foot-2 you won’t be too uncomfortably hunched over when trying to get that shot.
  • Leg and center-column angling: We favored tripods that allow you to angle the legs outward for setting the tripod low to the ground, as well as to angle the center column for shooting directly downward or getting the camera closer to subjects for macro photography.
  • The head: A good tripod head lets you position the camera at nearly any angle, and most have a quick-release plate that attaches to the bottom of a camera, allowing you to easily mount it on the tripod or remove it. Tripod legs and heads are often sold separately so you can upgrade them independently, although you can also find kits (such as our top pick) that include both. We recommend a ball head, which allows you to tilt and rotate the camera simultaneously. Ball heads tend to be more compact and easier to use than three-way heads, which let you adjust the amount of left/right tilt, up/down tilt, and rotation independently. (All of our picks include a ball head.)
  • Length when collapsed: Although size is much more important for travel tripods , it’s always more convenient to carry something smaller.
  • Leg grips: Tripod legs can get cold when you’re shooting on chilly days. Foam or rubber grips can keep your fingers happy—and give you a better grip than bare metal.
  • Spikes: When you’re setting up on a soft surface such as grass, spiked feet can help set a tripod more firmly in place. That said, a lot of photographers don’t bother to use them. We looked for tripods that either include them or offer them as an optional accessory.
  • Weight: If a tripod is really heavy, you won’t want to take it with you; if it’s too light, it won’t be sturdy enough. We looked for tripods weighing less than 6 pounds—light enough to bring along even if you’re also carrying a camera and a few lenses. If weight is important to you, our travel tripod pick keeps it to a minimum while still providing solid support for your camera.
  • Longevity: A quality tripod should last way longer than a year or two, so we singled out tripods packaged with tools that let you retighten the legs as they come loose with time and usage, as well as a long warranty so you’re covered if something happens.

Between previous versions of this guide and the most recent 2024 update, we’ve considered approximately 65 tripods and tested 16. The list includes:

  • 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey
  • Benro MeFoto GlobeTrotter
  • Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A
  • Manfrotto Element MII Video Monopod
  • MeFoto RoadTrip Air
  • MeFoto RoadTrip S
  • Oben CT-3565
  • Slik Lite AL-420M
  • Slik Lite AL-420S
  • Slik Pro 700DX
  • Vanguard VEO 2 GO 265HAB

We also considered 5 monopods and tested 4. Those include:

  • iFootage Cobra 2 A180-II
  • Manfrotto Xpro Monopod+ Aluminum Four-Section with Fluid Video Head

Stability is the main objective when you’re using a tripod, so we mounted different camera-and-lens combinations to each tripod model to make sure it stayed steady with various setups and on different surfaces, including hardwood and carpeted floors indoors, as well as cement pavement, grass, and other uneven terrain outdoors. We purposefully used gear that was bulkier and heavier than the cameras and lenses we recommend in our guides, including the Nikon D5 and Z5 and Sony α6600 cameras with various lenses. The longest and heaviest lenses we used were the Nikkor 24–70mm f/4 lens and the Sigma 150–600mm f/5–6.3 lens.

We evaluated how easy it was to operate each tripod by setting up and closing down the legs and checking the leg-lock mechanisms. We checked the stability of the ball head, whether it moved when it was supposed to be locked, and how smoothly and evenly it moved when unlocked. We also examined each tripod’s build quality and made sure that the different parts didn’t get in the way of one another when in use.

Finally, we tested any special features; if a model had a movable center column, for example, we angled it into different positions.

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100, our pick for the best tripod, with a camera affixed to the top.

The Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 offers the best combination of stability and height of the tripods we tested. It has the tallest maximum height (68.2 inches), its legs can angle outward at four angles (most models offer only three) to bring the camera closer to the ground, and its angling center column lets you position the camera in a multitude of ways when you’ve set the tripod at any one of those leg angles. Although it’s a little heavier and longer than some other models when collapsed, its added weight and height increase its stability and versatility, and it’s still small and light enough to carry around for a day’s shooting.

The Alta Pro 2+ is rated to support up to 15.4 pounds. In our testing, it was very stable, even when we mounted pro-level gear that was heavier than any of the cameras and lenses we recommend in our guides. Each leg has three extendable segments, and although we experienced some wobbliness in the lowest segment when the legs were fully extended, it wasn’t enough to negatively affect our picture taking and was typical of all the tripods we tested when they were at full height. When the center column is fully extended, the Alta Pro 2+’s height (not including the head) is about 68.2 inches, the tallest of the tripods we tested, so it’s easier for taller photographers (anyone above the average height of 5 feet 6 inches ) to use without having to stoop much. (With the center column collapsed, the maximum height is about 57 inches.) Although the center column is relatively stable when extended, keep in mind that all tripods are most stable when you have the center column lowered flush against the top of the legs.

Close view of the levels and dials on the ball head of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100.

Setting up the Alta Pro 2+ is quick and easy: Just turn the two twist locks on each leg—they unlock with a simple quarter-turn—and then tilt the legs down so that they slide to full extension. You lock the legs with a similar turn in the opposite direction. We like the nice feel of the textured grips on the locks.

Those three-section legs offer four angles relative to the center column: 20, 40, 60, and 80 degrees (most tripods offer only three angles). That gives you more versatility in terms of both lower height and the ability to adapt to uneven surfaces. The angles are marked at the top of the legs, and the legs ratchet into place so you can hear and feel when they’re in position. With the legs at the 80-degree position, the tripod is almost level to the ground; this position is perfect for low-angle and macro shots, especially in combination with the tripod’s multi-angle center column. A bubble level helps you ensure that the tripod is level even if the legs are extended to different angles.

It’s easy to put the Alta Pro 2+’s center column into multiple positions: You just turn a couple of knobs, lift the center column (it automatically stops when fully extended, so it won’t come all the way out in your hand), and angle it to whatever position you want. The hexagonal column won’t twist when extending or retracting, making angled work easier. However, although this column is generally stable in its angled position, even when horizontal, be sure to check the balance: If the center column is positioned too far to one side, the weight of the camera and lens can cause the entire tripod to tilt over and fall—a law of physics that applies to any tripod with a multi-angle center column.

The included ball head and quick-release plate also work well. The ball head moved smoothly when we adjusted it, and it locked solidly into place. It has its own bubble level (to supplement the one on the legs), as well as a rotation gauge at the base of the head to help you duplicate panning positions when you’re shooting multiple images to stitch into a panorama later.

A Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ on a sidewalk, setup with its legs set wide and its mounted camera pointed at the ground.

We also like the overall build quality of the tripod—none of the pieces seemed to be straining substantially even when we subjected them to heavy camera-and-lens combinations. The smoothness of the sliding parts was impressive, too. The Alta Pro 2+ feels like it will last a long time, and it comes with a two-year warranty.

In addition to the ball head and the quick-release plate, the Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 kit comes with Allen wrenches in case you need to swap out the head or replace a broken leg, as well as a carry bag with a shoulder strap. The bag isn’t as well made as those that accompany some other tripods we’ve tested, but it’s good enough for moving your tripod from one place to another.

Of the tripods we tested, the Alta Pro 2+ is one of the heaviest, at 5.3 pounds, and one of the longest, at 29 inches, when fully collapsed. If you’re hiking in the woods or traveling on a plane or train, you have smaller and lighter options (including our pick for travel tripods , or even our also-great pick ). But this Vanguard model’s weight helps provide stability, and its added height makes it more versatile—we think these are reasonable trade-offs for a full-size tripod.

Close view of the rubber feet a the end of each leg of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 tripod.

Unlike the previous Alta Pro model, our former top pick, the Alta Pro 2+ has angled rubber feet instead of round rubber feet with retractable spikes; spiked feet are now an optional purchase . The rubber feet of the Alta Pro 2+ work well on uneven terrain, but we felt them slide a few times when we were shooting indoors on wooden floors.

Unlike some tripods, the Alta Pro 2+ has no hook at the bottom of the center column to hang a camera bag or other weight to stabilize the tripod. Instead it has a small canopy-suspension loop on the bubble level. The loop is very small, and we wouldn’t trust it to hold anything of measurable weight, but Vanguard makes a stone bag accessory that you can attach to the legs to add weight.

Some reviews on Amazon refer to issues with the Alta Pro 2+’s center column either coming off entirely when the owner is trying to angle it or not being able to tighten in place completely, but we didn’t encounter this problem in our testing. When we reached out to Vanguard, representatives explained that this happened because some units that were meant as photo samples accidentally ended up distributed for sale; the reps said it shouldn’t be a problem going forward, and we will be keeping an eye on this issue in long-term testing.

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB, our tripod pick for use with multiple cameras, with a camera affixed to the top.

Whereas the Alta Pro 2+ is a great all-around tripod for most photographers in most situations, we think the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB is a good alternative for people who like to shoot with multiple cameras or are frequently on the move. That’s because while the VEO 3T+ 234AB shares all the features we enjoy about the Alta Pro 2+, it's also lighter, smaller, designed with more flexible legs, and packaged with an additional accessory (the VEO+ MA1 adapter ) that lets you mount an extra device, such as a second camera or a smartphone, to the center column. If you can live with its sole con—a shorter maximum height—those are some compelling pros.

At its maximum height, the VEO 3T+ 234AB stands 57.48 inches tall, about 10 inches shorter than our top pick but still tall enough to keep most people from hunching over when shooting. Each leg has three sections that extend easily yet feel solid once you tighten the twist locks. The legs have three easy-set angles, but they can also invert up to 108 degrees. This represents a notable advantage over the Alta Pro 2+, whose legs can adjust only up to 80 degrees. And when fully collapsed, the VEO 3T+ 234AB measures 18 inches long, some 11 inches less than the Alta Pro 2+; in other words, what you lose in maximum height you gain in portability.

The Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB and the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 tripods set up next to each other to compare their heights.

The VEO 3T+ 234AB offers a multi-angle center column that allows you to position the column (and the ball head) at various horizontal and tilted angles. Again, this design is great for otherwise challenging overhead and low-angle shots, and it’s especially helpful for capturing macro images. In addition to offering the multi-angle column, the VEO 3T+ 234AB can convert to a monopod—you simply remove one of the legs and mount the center column on top of it. The tripod includes spiked feet, though you have to switch them out with the default rubber feet whenever you want to use them.

This tripod can handle loads of up to 22 pounds, or about 6.5 pounds more than our top pick. As with all the other tripods we tested, we saw a slight bit of movement when we mounted a Sony α6600 with a Sigma 100–400mm zoom lens and fully extended the center column. There is an optional hook you can screw into the bottom of the center column that lets you hang a camera bag or other weight to help stabilize the unit (though you’ll need to remove this piece if you want to use the VEO 3T+ 234AB as a monopod).

The VEO 3T+ 234AB comes with the Arca-Swiss –compatible VEO BH-110S dual-axis ball head , which we found to be stable and secure during testing. The BH-110S also worked great with our Peak Design plate , locking in just as solidly as it did with the plate that comes with the ball head. Additionally, the VEO 3T+ 234AB includes a second mounting adapter, the VEO+ MA1 , that you can use when you’ve set the center column to a horizontal position. It easily slides onto the other end of the center column and locks into place with a quick-release lever. The VEO+ MA1 offers a standard ¼-inch tripod screw to mount a second camera, a smartphone (using a smartphone tripod mount ), or an action camera such as a GoPro.

The Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner, our tripod pick for use in wet conditions, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you plan to shoot with your tripod partially submerged in water or mud, the Sirui W-1004K10 Tripod Kit River Runner is worth spending more on for the peace of mind it can provide. Although all our tripod picks can stand up to the rain, waterproof tripods do a better job of keeping the dirt and sand from rivers and lakes out of the joints, which can destroy any sliding or moving parts. This waterproof tripod from Sirui (pronounced “sue-ray”) has comfortable controls and is well built and stable. It can’t match the height of the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+, and it doesn’t have the angling center column of either of our Vanguard picks, but it is the best tripod for fans of aquatic subjects.

The W-1004K10 provides very good stability, with a load capacity up to 33.1 pounds. The tripod weighs just 4.2 pounds and folds up to a compact 19.3 inches for travel. With the center column fully extended (which, as we noted above, sacrifices some stability), it reaches a height of 65 inches; with the column lowered, 53.5 inches.

The Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner laying on a surface in its most folded and compact position.

From its four-section legs to the bundled ball head, the W-1004K10 looks and feels solidly constructed. Whether you’re extending the legs after releasing the twist locks or adjusting the angle of the ball head, the movements are smooth. This is especially true of the excellent ball head, which has separate controls for panning and locking, as well as a friction knob to adjust the tension on the control movement. It also has three bubble levels—in addition to the bubble level on the tripod itself—for photographers who need extremely accurate placement.

The tripod is waterproof up to the top of its foam grips, so you can step right into a river, lake, or ocean to get a shot. Those waterproof seals also mean that the W-1004K10 is protected from the dirt and sand you might encounter on your outdoor adventure. You can easily swap the stock rubber feet with the bundled spiked feet, and you can remove one of the tripod’s legs to convert it into a waterproof monopod. As with the VEO 3T+ 234AB, a hook on the center column lets you hang a camera bag or other weights to help stabilize the tripod. The bundled carry bag is well constructed, just like the rest of the kit.

Close view of the bubble levels and dial controls on the Sirui W-1004K10 River Runner's ball head.

Unlike our other picks from Vanguard, this Sirui tripod does not offer a multi-angle center column. This omission can make macro work more difficult, but it’s an acceptable trade-off if you need the W-1004K10’s waterproof design.

Because the W-1004K10 has four-segment legs, the last section of each leg is a little thin, so you give up a bit of stability when you fully extend all the legs. This drawback is common for four-segment legs, but it’s still something to be aware of.

The Manfrotto Element MII, our tripod pick for use in travel situations, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you plan to bring a tripod with you when you go hiking or on a vacation, you should consider a travel tripod that packs down small and won’t weigh you down too much. The moderately priced Manfrotto Element MII is both small and tall—able to unfold from a collapsed height of 16.7 inches to a maximum height of just over 62.9 inches. The Element MII was one of the most stable travel models we tested; although its three leg sections end in a narrow circumference, overall it felt just as stable as the Vanguard VEO 3T+ 234AB.

At 3.4 pounds, the Element MII weighs almost 2 pounds less than the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+ 263AB100 , but it can handle even more load with a rating of 17.6 pounds—equivalent to far more gear than most people would ever need to support at once while traveling.

The Element MII features smooth twist leg locks with plenty of grip, as well as three leg-angle locks that snap into place and release with a simple push. Two knobs control panning and ball head rotation, and they work smoothly with secure tension. Two bubble levels help keep both your horizon level and your vertical alignment correct. You can also remove one leg and attach it to the ball head for use as a monopod.

The Arca-Swiss–style mount looks small, but in our tests it easily accommodated a Nikon Z5 camera with a 24–70mm f/4 lens. The mount includes a tiny handle that works great in a pinch if you don’t have an Allen wrench or a coin handy to tighten the plate to the camera.

The Element MII’s slightly spiked small rubber feet offer plenty of grip, as well. Optional rubber spikes are included in the bag with the tripod. Thankfully, the entire package is small enough to tuck into most backpacks or large bags.

Like many tripods, the Element MII uses twist leg locks. Although we prefer these to the flip kind for travel tripods—because they help keep the overall aesthetic sleek and are less likely to snag—they come with potential problems, too. Resist the temptation to over-loosen twist locks. It takes only a slight turn to loosen them; much more than that, and you may unintentionally discover that the legs are a bit tricky to put back together. Once they’re extended, also be sure to firmly tighten the twist leg locks. Unlike with flip leg locks, with twist leg locks it’s harder to tell whether they’re completely secured; use your hand to double-check.

The Manfrotto Element MII Runner laying on a surface in its most folded and compact position.

Like most tripods in this category, the Element MII comes with a drawstring bag that you’ll likely end up discarding. There’s not much advantage to using a dedicated bag, as opposed to just tucking the tripod into a backpack or attaching it to a bag you’re already using in your travels.

The Sirui P-204SR, our pick for the best monopod, with a camera affixed to the top.

If you often shoot subjects that keep you on the move—such as wildlife or sports that require a lot of panning—you may prefer the lightweight freedom of a monopod over a tripod. The Sirui P-204SR is tall, strong, and adaptable to almost any situation, which makes it our favorite general-purpose monopod. It has large, comfortable, rubberized twist locks for extending and retracting its three sections. It weighs just 3.3 pounds but can hold up to 17.6 pounds of equipment—more than our top tripod pick. In testing, it handled everything we mounted on it with ease, including a 4.5-pound Sony α6600 camera with a Sigma 100–400mm zoom lens.

The P-204SR features a removable base that can tilt up to 20 degrees. With the base, the monopod stands 63.5 inches tall; without the base, it reaches 57.9 inches. The base of the P-204SR had the largest feet of any of the monopods we tested, which gave it extra stability. Even when fully extended, it stood solidly with a Nikon Z5 camera and 24–70mm f/4 lens attached. Both rubber and spiked feet are included. One additional feature we love about this monopod is that the base, once you remove it from the body, can double as a small tripod (similar to the Manfrotto Pixi ) with the help of an included accessory.

A camera mounted close to the ground on the mini-tripod that serves as a base for the Sirui P-204SR monopod.

This monopod doesn't come with a ball head, but the screw mount is reversible, meaning it has two thread sizes—one for cameras and one for tripod heads, so you can mount one if you want. In our testing we found that the tilting base gave us enough leeway to get most shots but not all. We definitely recommend a ball head if you’re into bird photography, since it’s much easier to angle only the camera upward instead of leaning the whole monopod backward. We tried the Benro BH00 ball head (which we discuss below ) with the P-204SR, and it worked great.

An arm pulling back on the the Sirui P-204SR monopod in order to point the attached camera upwards.

The best way to live a sustainable lifestyle is to create less waste, and a great way to create less waste is to invest in equipment that is made to last, repairable, and covered by a dependable warranty. As we state in How we picked , a solid warranty was one thing we looked for when deciding which tripods to test. All of the picks in this guide also come with an Allen key so you can retighten the legs as they come loose from use.

Although it might be tempting to pick up a cheaper tripod, such models are often made from low-grade plastic that you cannot tighten over time, and that you cannot repair if a part should break or crack. If you need a tripod and don’t have the budget to invest in one that’ll last, try searching sites such as Craigslist, eBay, or Facebook Marketplace to see if other photographers are selling used but high-quality tripods at a discount.

If you currently own a tripod but are looking to upgrade, selling or giving away your old equipment is a great way to help others and keep excess materials out of landfills. If you have a tripod that’s not in good-enough condition to pass along, consider upcycling it.

If you need a cheaper tripod and don’t mind giving up a little stability and usability: The Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A is simple to set up, solidly built, and only 3.9 pounds. It’s significantly lighter than our 5.3-pound top pick, and in its most compact configuration, it’s also noticeably smaller—18 inches versus the Vanguard Alta Pro 2+’s 29 inches. Despite its lightweight design, this tripod is well made and sturdy-feeling. And like the Alta Pro 2+, the FGP18A offers a multi-angle center column that you can position at various horizontal and tilted angles.

However, Benro doesn’t offer a package with a ball head, so you have to pick one up separately if you don’t already own one. We tested and recommend the company’s BH00 single-action ball head as a solid, inexpensive option. It has a snap-in quick-release plate that’s comparable to what you get with other tripods at this price.

The combination of the Benro SystemGo Plus FGP18A and BH00 ball head isn’t quite as stable as our top pick, especially when extended to maximum height, and this tripod’s adjustment knobs aren’t as easy to use. We found that the FGP18A’s center-column angle-adjustment knob was tight and difficult to move into position. And the knobs—including the center column’s height and pan-control locking knobs—could end up blocking each other depending on how we positioned them. But if you can live with those quirks, it’s a fine all-around choice.

If you want a monopod with its own quick-release plate : The iFootage Cobra 2 A180-II monopod uses a spring-loaded sliding collar to hold a quick-release plate on top. A similar mechanism lets you detach the feet at the bottom so you can turn them into a table-top style tripod like you can with the bottom of our monopod pick. You can also stack a second A180-II on top if you want to approximately double the height of the monopod.

While we found that the A180-II was comparable to our pick in terms of stability, maximum height (71 inches), minimum length (27.8 inches) and weight (3.1 pounds), we feel that the sliding collar may pose a problem to people with hand strength issues. It takes considerable force to move the collar. This helps hold it very securely in place, but might make it a bad choice for some people. We also liked the feet on our pick better, which are each about 1.5 inches longer than those on the A180-II.

Standard tripods

The Benro MeFoto GlobeTrotter is a simple but solid tripod with four-section legs. When fully extended, it was the most solid feeling of all the tripods we tested, and it’s rated to handle up to 26 pounds, more than any of our picks. It’s more expensive, though, and the center column can’t angle out like those of our top picks can. We also found that the twist locks required more turns to loosen and tighten than on our picks, which meant that this model took more time to open and close. Lastly, at 4.5 pounds, it’s almost as heavy as our pick but without the benefit of a multi-angle center column.

The 3Pod Orbit is a four-section aluminum tripod with a bundled three-way head. This relatively stable tripod has a multi-angle center column and feet with retractable spikes. However, during testing we found that the retractable spikes sometimes stuck out of the rubber feet—not far, but enough that they could damage a wooden floor. Also, the flip locks that controlled the legs were so tight that we had difficulty unlocking and locking them. When we used the supplied Allen key to loosen the tension a little so that we could more easily operate the locks, we found that the legs wouldn’t lock tightly enough.

The low-priced Slik Pro 700DX doesn’t do anything fancy: The center column doesn’t swivel or tilt, the tripod has no extras, and it doesn’t come with a head. However, Slik has a reputation for quality models on a budget, and for the price the 700DX is an impressively good, simple, stable tripod. It has a great maximum height of 70 inches, and it will probably survive the apocalypse.

The tripods in Slik’s Lite series feature a ball head, a detachable LED light, and a lever for easily locking and unlocking the tripod legs, but the Lite AL-420M and Lite AL-420S are too short to be contenders in this category. The Lite AL-420 can get tall enough to meet our requirements, but it has a maximum load capacity of only 4.4 pounds, a limitation that caused us to dismiss it for this guide.

Travel tripods

The 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey travel tripod has comfy textured grips on each rounded leg lock, but it also has the most spindly legs of any travel tripod we tested, and in our tests they exhibited a significant amount of flex. It was also hard to lock in a specific leg-angle lock, and the price is at the high end of our desired range.

Oben’s CT-3565 carbon-fiber tripod and BZ-217T ball head package makes for a solid travel tripod—it’s even lighter than our travel pick and can be found for about the same price. On the downside, it’s just a bit shorter, and we didn’t like the feet as much. The Oben tripod comes with rubber-and-spiked combo feet, which can be a bit annoying when the rubber spins up (during transport or use) to reveal the metal spikes just when you don’t need them. (We’d argue that you so very rarely need them that this feature often feels like more of a hindrance.) In contrast, the small, slightly spiked rubber feet on the Manfrotto Element MII are everything that most people will ever need, with a bit more grip to the rubbery material, too. And the Element MII comes with optional rubber spikes, should you need them.

MeFoto’s RoadTrip S felt unstable compared with other travel tripods we tested. The leg-angle locks were trickier to use, too, requiring a two-fingered grip to release. MeFoto also offers the RoadTrip Air , which converts into a selfie stick and includes a shutter remote, but its collapsible leg system was harder to control than five individual leg locks, and we worried that a tiny bump to any of the five skinny leg sections could send the whole tripod—along with our expensive camera gear or smartphone—cascading down.

The Vanguard VEO 2 GO 265HAB is a little smaller and lighter than the Manfrotto Element MII, but it’s also more expensive. We loved how easy it was to use, with small upgrades such as comma-shaped pan and ball lock knobs that offer a better grip for making adjustments. But it doesn’t have any bubble levels, and it can reach the same height as the Manfrotto Element MII (64.5 inches) only if you extend the center column, which in our testing felt a bit less steady.

The Manfrotto Element MII Video Monopod is significantly smaller and less stable than our monopod pick from Sirui. It barely stood up on its own, let alone with a camera mounted. The included fluid head panned and tilted smoothly, but the base isn’t removable, making this model less versatile than our pick.

The Manfrotto Xpro Monopod+ Aluminum Four-Section with Fluid Video Head is big, heavy, and slow. The fluid head is dampened, and no matter how loose we set it, we still found resistance when panning and tilting. This design could make it difficult to track fast-moving action or wildlife. Although the tilting base is removable, the legs don’t lock when they’re tucked up, and they opened on their own during our testing. And instead of twist locks, this monopod has flip locks, which we found loud enough to be distracting.

Theano Nikitas contributed to this guide.

Meet your guides

best travel tripod lightweight

Erin Roberts

Erin Roberts is a freelance writer reporting on cameras and camera accessories at Wirecutter. She started her career as a photojournalist working in newspapers—shooting film—and was the mobile-imaging editor at DPReview. She is also a professional photographer who has made her living photographing everything from rock stars to humpback whales.

best travel tripod lightweight

Arriana Vasquez

Arriana Vasquez is a senior updates writer for powering, home office, cameras, and hobbies at Wirecutter. Her hobbies include reading and photography. Her photos have won several awards in various online competitions, and she is the producer and co-host of Old Books Podcast .

best travel tripod lightweight

Phil Ryan is Wirecutter’s senior staff writer for camera coverage. Previously, over 13 years he covered cameras and other photo-related items for CNET and Popular Photography. As the latter's tech editor and then senior tech editor, he was responsible for maintaining and refining the lab testing for cameras, and as the main camera tester,  he used and wrote reviews of many of the cameras released in that timeframe.

Further reading

Three cameras we recommend for vlogging, from GoPro and Sony.

The Best Vlogging Cameras and Gear

by Geoffrey Morrison, Arriana Vasquez, and James Austin

If you want to start vlogging, we have suggestions for gear that’ll help you capture the best video you can get, even from a smartphone.

Our three picks for best Android and iPhone gimbal, displayed in a row in tripod position, with a smartphone mounted on each one.

The Best Android and iPhone Gimbal

by Geoffrey Morrison and Signe Brewster

If you want smoother, more professional-looking video from your smartphone, the Insta360 Flow is the best gimbal.

Our four picks for best action camera, laid out on a green surface next to a passport, foreign currency and some credit cards.

The Best Action Camera

by Geoffrey Morrison

If you want to take photos and videos in any situation, even extreme weather, the GoPro Hero12 Black is the best option for most people.

2 smartphones mounted on tripods; the tripod on the left standing rigidly and the one on the right showing more flexibility.

The Best Tripod for iPhones and Other Smartphones

by Arriana Vasquez, Erin Roberts, and Signe Brewster

Joby’s GorillaPod 1K Kit and the Square Jellyfish Metal Spring Tripod Mount are the best choices to steady your smartphone when shooting photos and video.

  • Mattress Toppers
  • Sheets & Bedding
  • Sleep Products
  • Cleaning & Laundry
  • Heating & Cooling
  • Home Office
  • Kitchen & Dining
  • Storage & Organization
  • Wine & Bar
  • Accessories
  • Handbags & Purses
  • Lingerie & Sleepwear
  • Outdoor & Fitness Apparel
  • Kids Clothes & Accessories
  • Pregnancy & Postpartum
  • Toys & Books
  • Apparel & Accessories
  • Camping & Hiking
  • Fishing & Hunting
  • Tennis & Racket Sports
  • Tools & Tech
  • Training & Recovery
  • Water Sports
  • Winter Sports
  • Personal Products
  • Wellness & Self Care
  • Computers, Tablets & Accessories
  • Online Tools
  • Smart Home Devices
  • Smartphones, Smartwatches & Accessories
  • Hotels & Lodging
  • Travel Products
  • Father's Day
  • Mother's Day
  • Valentine's Day
  • Amazon Prime Day
  • Beauty & Grooming
  • Tech & Electronics
  • Travel Deals
  • Mattress & Sleep

The Best Travel Tripods To Help Capture High-Quality Vacation Photos

  • Share to Facebook
  • Share to Twitter
  • Share to Linkedin

A tripod is an essential tool if you’re serious about high-quality photography and video footage. If you’re a frequent traveler, it’s important to secure the right travel tripod for your needs—you don’t want to be lugging around a tripod that’s too bulky, too flimsy, or too fiddly. The best travel tripods provide the best of both worlds: they’re sturdy enough to help capture that perfect shot while also being lightweight and compact enough to fit into a wide variety of luggage.

Securing the right travel tripod can provide a significant upgrade to your travel photography set-up. Whether you’re eager to capture the city streets of Tokyo or simply hope to make a vlog about your beach vacation, having the right travel tripod can be the difference between shaky snaps and shots that you’ll be proud enough to share. After thorough research, we’ve selected the best travel tripods on the market below.

  • Best Travel Tripod Overall: Peak Design Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod
  • Best Versatile Travel Tripod: 3-Legged Thing Leo 2.0 AirHead Pro Lever Kit
  • Best Value Travel Tripod: K&F Concept Travel Tripod
  • Most Compact Travel Tripod: MeFOTO Road Trip Air Tripod
  • Best Travel Tripod For Low-Angle: JOBY GorillaPod Rig
  • Best Travel Tripod For Full Frame: Manfrotto Befree Advanced Tripod
  • Best Travel Tripod For Selfies: BZE 40-Inch Extendable Tripod
  • Best Travel Tripod For Phones: Manfrotto PIXI Smart Mini Tripod

The Best Travel Accessories, Reviewed By Our Editors

The best wireless earbuds under $100 that offer style and function, best travel tripod overall, a new tripod design made for travel.

Peak Design

Peak Design Travel Tripod

Folded Height: 15.4 inches | Weight: 2.8 pounds | Material: Aluminum or Carbon Fiber

Every millimeter of this bestselling tripod was designed with the specific needs of travel photographers in mind. It even comes in two versions, one made of Aluminum (3.4 pounds) and one made of Carbon Fiber (2.8 pounds), with both having a load capacity of 20 pounds. The latter is more pricey, but the difference isn’t only in weight: carbon fiber tends to stand up better in heavy weather conditions.

Unique from other tripods, this tripod uses Peak Design’s ring-tightening system, so it will take a little bit of trial-and-error to learn how to quickly mount and unmount your camera. Don’t worry: it’s a time-saver once you get the hang of how the quick-release plate works. It also has a few fun hidden features like a smartphone adaptor and a hex wrench that can be tucked away inside the tripod for easy access when the occasion calls for it. 

The real beauty of this tripod, though, is in the way it folds down into a completely gapless shape, so you know you are maximizing space and reducing the weight of your pack with an extremely thought-out tool.

Best Versatile Travel Tripod

A tripod that can handle any type of environment, 3-legged thing leo 2.0 airhead pro lever kit.

Folded Height: 14.7 inches | Weight: 4.1 pounds | Material: Carbon Fiber

Some photographers need a tripod that’s up for any travel challenge, whether they’re capturing the northern lights in a snowy tundra or navigating the crowds of the Louvre. In that case, 3LeggedThing’s Leo 2.0 Airhead Pro is one of the most versatile travel tripods on the market. It’s super compact, folding down to under 15 inches, and is made of lightweight carbon fiber that weighs in at approximately four pounds—and it extends to a maximum height of 57.7 inches. Most impressively, it’s got a load capacity of 66 pounds. That’s more than enough to hold a gigantic telephoto lens, a field monitor, and a full-frame camera. It can be converted to a monopod for tight spaces and the rubber feet are removable in case you need to make a terrain adjustment. Overall, this is a very well-designed tripod from a beloved brand in the photography community and a solid investment for your photography arsenal.

Best Value Travel Tripod

Excellent quality for under $100, k&f concept travel tripod.

Folded Height: 16.9 inches | Weight: 2.36 pounds | Material: Carbon Fiber

A cheaply-made tripod will cost you more money in the long run if it can’t support the weight of your camera. Still, you don’t need to spend a small fortune to get a solid tripod for your trip. That’s where K&F Concept comes in: their full-service tripod is lightweight and can expand to a full height of 61 inches. You get a lot of versatility for its low price since it can be converted into a monopod and its metal ball head can be rotated so that you get a 360-degree panorama. It can also hold a lot of weight, sporting a load capacity of 17.6 pounds, which means this is a tripod you can trust with your expensive photography equipment. While it’s not the smallest tripod on this list, it does fold up into a pretty compact 16.1 inches and the carbon fiber material makes it a barely noticeable addition to the weight of your gear bag. 

Most Compact Travel Tripod

A tall tripod that’s no big deal to bring with you, mefoto roadtrip air tripod.

Height: 11.4 inches | Weight: 2.5 pounds | Material: Aluminum Alloy

There are a lot of compact tripods out there, but if you’re looking for great value on a lightweight and ultra-portable tripod, the MeFOTO Road Trip Air is our top choice—plus, it comes in the widest variety of colors, like orange, red, green, and blue in addition to standard black, if that’s your preference. The design of the tripod is very clever: its legs fold up towards the mounting plate, which also helps create a sturdier shape that can stand up to the bumps and drops of a stressful travel day. Lightweight and portable, this tripod weighs less than three pounds and extends to a height of 61 inches while being able to support up to 13 pounds of weight. This might not be enough if you have a heavy full-frame DSLR, but for mirrorless and smaller cameras, it’s sufficient. The ball head mount is compact but smooth enough that you can still pull off smooth 360-degree pans. It also comes with a smartphone adaptor and a Bluetooth control for triggering your phone’s shutter.

Best Travel Tripod For Low Angle

A flexible companion that goes with the flow, joby gorillapod rig.

Folded Height: 17 inches | Weight: 1.85 pounds | Material: Aluminum Alloy, Plastic

A low-angle tripod is typically used in macro photography, but travel photographers might consider it as an option because the smaller size means that they are generally lighter and if you plan on taking wide landscapes or using your surroundings to gain some height, this could be a good compromise that saves room in your luggage. To get the most versatility out of your low-angle tripod though, consider one designed for vloggers. The GorillaPod’s iconic articulated legs will also let you attach your tripod to higher-angle positions like tree branches or signposts. This one even comes with attachments to add additional accessories and even other cameras, and you can use it for shooting handheld videos as well. It has an 11-pound load capacity, which means it should be enough to handle your heavier equipment, but the whole point anyway is to keep it steady and low to the ground.

Best Travel Tripod For Full Frame

A strong tripod that can keep up with your gear collection, manfrotto befree advanced tripod.

Folded Height: 16.1 inches | Weight: 2.8 pounds | Material: Aluminum, Carbon Fiber

Despite weighing less than three pounds, the Manfrotto Befree Advanced can hold nearly 20 pounds of weight, providing incredible support for your full-frame camera and your heaviest lens. This tripod can credit its low weight to the carbon fiber legs that extend up to 59 inches and use sturdy twist locks to secure. The legs are strong, but the 360-degree aluminum ball head mount and the QPL Travel Lever, will also lock your chosen angle in place no matter how heavy your camera is. The mount is easily released at the push of a button, so you can switch out your gear and it’s also compatible with Manfrotto’s Easy Link attachment system. These connectors can be used to pop on accessories like ring lights, reflectors, or even external monitors. The tripod also has a fourth leg in the center, so it can be used as a monopod if you suddenly find yourself in a tight spot like a crowd.

Best Travel Tripod For Selfies

A highly-evolved selfie stick that can do it all, bze 40-inch extendable tripod.

Folded Height: 8.2 inches | Weight: 7 ounces | Material: Lithium Polymer

Selfie sticks have evolved, literally growing legs to become selfie tripods and in the highly-saturated selfie-stick marketplace, it can be tough to find one that’s actually worth the buck. That’s why the highly-rated BZE 40-inch Extendable Selfie Stick Tripod is such a find. It has three short legs that extend out, so you can prop it up for a group picture when you need it, but also form a comfortable handgrip when you’re holding it. This one also comes with a remote shutter that works from up to 30 feet away. The gimbal clamp gives you a 360-degree rotation and you could also unscrew the phone clamp and use the ¼ screw mount to lock in a camera, GoPro, or even a ring light. At selfie stick time, the handle extends up to 40 inches, which is plenty of room to get the whole group in the shot. And if there are too many people, you can just pull out its legs and use the remote to capture the big picture.

Best Travel Tripod For Phones

A comfortable handle and a universal clamp, manfrotto pixi mini tripod kit.

Height: 5.3 inches | Weight: 6.7 ounces | Material: Stainless Steel and Aluminium

There’s no reason why the tripod you get for your phone shouldn’t be as high-quality and versatile as the one you have for your camera, and Manfrotto’s mini tripod kit provides all that and more. The PIXI Smart Mini Tripod is an incredibly lightweight tool that will work with any kind of phone. You are limited to one height, but it’s a worthy price to pay if you are traveling light and primarily using your phone for photography. You can also remove the universal clamp-style smartphone adaptor and mount your normal camera, which gives this tiny tripod double the versatility. Another really nice feature is the button that fixes the ball head in place, so you can set up your shot, lock it in, and leave it be.

The tripod kit’s biggest advantage is how comfortable its legs are to grip. This really makes a difference in decreasing shakiness if you plan to get a lot of handheld footage or want to turn the camera around for a monologue moment. 

Pottery Barn

Jamie Ditaranto

  • Editorial Standards
  • Reprints & Permissions

Divergent Travelers

Best Travel Tripod: Top Lightweight & Packable Options

We have all seen the stunning travel images of a beautiful starry night above the mountains, or magnificent cityscapes with the lights twinkling at night and wondered, how can I capture an image like that?

The essential piece of photography equipment to get these gorgeous photos in low light or night time conditions is a travel tripod. The travel tripod provides the stability needed to get crisp pictures at slower shutter speeds, giving you unique destination images that are sure to amaze your friends.

The problem is that tripods tend to be a bulky piece of equipment that may not initially seem worth the space in your travel bag to carry. Luckily, the market has spoken, and the travel tripod is the answer.

Made from lighter materials with a more packable design, you no longer have to worry about the unmanageable studio tripods that will tip the scales at the airport.

However, as with any piece of gear, not all travel tripods are equal. So, here are a few things to consider before purchasing your travel tripod.

Top 5 Travel Tripods

Table of Contents

Quick Answer: Best Travel Tripods

  • Best For Everyday Use: Benro SystemGo Plus Aluminum Tripod
  • Best Value:  Dolica AX620B100 62-Inch Proline Tripod and Ball Head
  • Best Flexible Leg Tripod:  JOBY GorillaPod 1K Compact Tripod
  • Best Versatility:  MeFOTO GlobeTrotter Classic Aluminum Travel Tripod
  • Best Compact:  Manfrotto PIXI Evo Tripod
  • Best All-Weather:  3 Legged Thing Punks Travis Magnesium Alloy Tripod
  • Best Aluminum:  Manfrotto Befree Tripod
  • Best Carbon Fiber: Manfrotto 290 Xtra Carbon Fiber 3-Section Tripod

Best Travel Tripod Variables to Consider

Adjusting a tripod at a lake

Weight vs. Cost Ratio

Weight is arguably the most important aspect when selecting a travel tripod. It is was sets these tripods apart from their studio counterparts and is what allows you to take it just about anywhere without weighing you down to much.

Due to this, this feature is also what makes a travel tripod more expensive. The lighter the travel tripod, the more money you are going to be shelling out.

That is why it is important to determine your weight to cost ratio. Lighter travel tripods around the 3 lb range can run you around $200 while the bulkier options of around 5 lbs will be around $50.

So, if you plan on walking miles upon miles in the day carrying your camera equipment, it may be in your best interest to spend the extra money, but if the tripod will likely just be transferred from your luggage to a shooting site you might be able to save some money by getting something heavier.

You also need to consider the overall weight of your camera equipment outside of the tripod. If you plan to travel with a smaller camera with only one lens, you can get a heavier tripod because the base weight is slimmer.

Using a tripod at sunrise

When you are buying a product that has the job of holding up thousands of dollars worth of camera equipment you want to make sure it isn’t going to buckle or fall over at the slightest breeze. That is why stability is second only to weight when it comes to choosing the perfect travel tripod.

When talking about stability there are two main factors to consider: how stable the tripod is on its own and how much weight it can support. The stability of a tripod on its own comes from a few things.

A center column will distribute the weight more evenly giving much more stability. Also, the locking mechanisms used for the legs will keep it from toppling over.

While twist locks give you a faster set up, they aren’t always as reliable as flip locks which take a little more force to be knocked out of place.

Next, when considering a tripod’s camera support weight, you do NOT want to simply use the base weight of your camera and lenses. This can put too much pressure on the tripod and leaves no room to grow your equipment.

Consider a travel tripod that can support at least one pound over your heaviest gear weight to make it can accommodate your needs both now and in the future.

Tripod in the tropics

Size/Packability

When it comes to the size of your tripod, you need to consider the type of setting you will be shooting in. For example, if you plan to be shooting on busy streets or crowded areas, the minimum height of your travel tripod should be 59 inches.

This will give you enough height to shoot over crowds while maintaining the ability to pack down to less than 17 inches. At this fold down height, you will easily still be able to fit your travel tripod in your carry on and on your camera pack without issue.

If you plan on shooting more landscape photography while you travel, you would be able to get away with a shorter tripod of a maximum height of about 50 inches which will naturally pack down a bit further.

tripod in the mountains

Ease of use

Ease of use may be a hard thing to quantify in the realm of travel tripods especially if you are buying online. However, it is definitely something you should take into consideration, especially if your travels are not intended to center around your photography.

Ease of use is determined by how easy it is to set up, break down and adjust. This will save you some aggravation if you are on a trip with your family and they don’t want to wait 5 minutes every time you want to get a shot.

Twist locks are a favorite in the travel tripod genre because they allow you to easily twist and slide each section of the legs with minimal effort. However, there are many flip locks that can stand on their own in the ease of use category. It is a matter of testing them out and seeing which you may prefer.

You will also want to look for a travel tripod that includes quick release plates. These plates allow you to attach and detach your camera quickly and easily from the tripod screw mount.

However, if you find a tripod that fits all of your travel needs but does not include a quick-release plate you don’t need to worry. Many plates can be purchased aftermarket to fit multiple tripods.

Tripod use for reflections

Carbon Fiber vs. Aluminum

The majority of travel tripods you will find are made from either aluminum or carbon fiber. The reason for this is that they are both durable, can withstand the elements, and have an inherent lightweight nature. Although there are some differences between the two.

Aluminum tripods are the most popular. This is because of how cost-effective they can be. If you are doing part-time photography that isn’t going to be banging your tripod up a mountain or shooting inside of extreme rains or snows aluminum is a great option. They can handle a decent amount of wear and tear while maintaining their stability and your pocketbook.

Carbon fiber travel tripods are the upper class of the tripod world. These are used most by professional travel photographers or those with enough money to throw at the best tripod money can buy. These travel tripods can last a lifetime and can take a beating much better than their aluminum cousins.

Using a monopod and zoom lens

Monopod Consideration

While this article is meant to focus on travel tripods, we can not leave out the monopod from the discussion. As the name suggests, this camera stabilizer comes with one extendable leg which you hold in one hand while you shoot with the other.

The monopods are naturally cheaper and lighter in weight than the traditional tripod which makes them a fun option. Of course, they don’t offer the same stability, but if you are looking to get great quick shots without the shakes, you may want to consider the monopod. These are especially great for hiking, fitting into your carry on, and exploring cities.

Best Travel Tripod Recommendations

Best Travel Tripod

MeFoto RoadTrip Travel tripod

The MeFoto RoadTrip travel tripod is the perfect tripod for those with high-level heavy-duty equipment. With a huge load capacity, great packability and large maximum height you are able to have a tripod that has the ability to grow with your gear, skills, and travels.

Also, it’s the ability to convert to a monopod in a pinch makes it one of the most accessible and well-rounded travel tripods there is on the market.

  • Maximum height 61.6”
  • Folded height 15.4”
  • Weight 3.6lbs
  • Load capacity 17.6lbs
  • Smartphone clamp
  • Built in Selfie Stick
  • Twist lock legs
  • 5 year warranty

Check MeFoto RoadTrip Air price at Amazon

Best Travel Tripod

Manfrotto Befree

Manfrotto Befree Live is a compact travel video tripod kit, dedicated to videographers and vloggers who want maximum performance, even when they are on the go.

It fulfills an increasing demand for a lightweight, ergonomic travel tripod that is easy-to-carry. It is designed for video recording with DSLRs, compact system cameras or small camcorders up to 8.8 lbs.

The new generation of Befree Live (V2) has significantly improved features on the tripod legs: stronger core for extra stability, Easy Link (1/8″ attachment) to mount accessories and ergonomic angle selector with 3 angle options instead of 2.

  • Extended Height=56in
  • Folded Height=16in
  • Weight=3lbs
  • Quick and easy setup
  • Two lockable angles

Check Manfrotto Befree Tripod price at Amazon

Best Travel Tripod

3 Legged Thing Eclipse Leo Airhead Switch Kit

3 Legged Thing’s Leo is the first-ever professional micro-traveler. Packing an unprecedented level of functionality and capability, Leo transcends the divide between compact travel and professional tripod systems.

Gritty, determined, and anti-establishment, Leo challenges the very fabric of our understanding of conventional tripod technology.

Our patented Tri-Mount plate offers multiple threaded connections and three hollowed spurs for accessory attachments. 3 Legged Thing’s unique Parallel Locking system provides better leverage, and greater rigidity, without the hassle of accidental disassembly.

Leo, like all 3 Legged Thing tripods, comes with a detachable monopod leg that can also be used as a microphone or camera boom.

  • Carbon Fiber
  • Extended Height=57in
  • Folded Height=14in
  • Weight=3.8lbs
  • Detachable monopod
  • Two section center column

Check 3 Legged Thing Eclipse Leo Airhead Switch kit price at Amazon

Best Travel Tripod

Manfrotto PIXI Evo

Two leg angle positions and two leg sections with intermediate steps for a larger footprint that adapt to non-level surfaces and enable ground level shooting.

The increased payload lets you use your PIXI EVO with a wider range of cameras with larger, heavier lenses. Follow your inspiration; feel free to shoot in portrait mode with the peace of mind of great stability and precision for the most accurate pictures.

  • Extended Height=7.8in
  • Folded Height=7.8in
  • Weight= 0.58lbs
  • Table top Tripod
  • Small enough for coat pocket

Check Manfrotto PIXI Evo Tripod price at Amazon

Best Travel Tripod

Vanguard VEO 235AB

The VEO tripod collection is the industry’s first traveler tripod with the all new, patented rapid column rotation feature allowing the VEO tripod to fold into a super compact travel size and helps you set up more quickly.

Even with its remarkable portability, VEO tripods do not sacrifice sturdiness. Equipped with tension adjustable extra strong leg locks, VEO tripods have a higher loading capacity than others of its kind.

  • Extended Height=57.8in
  • Folded Height=14.9in
  • Weight=3.3lbs
  • Retractable Spikes
  • Rubber feet pads

Check Vanguard VEO 235AB price at Amazon

Best Travel Tripod

Not finding what you are looking for? Check out our favorite places to go shopping for travel gear.

  • Shop Columbia :  The industry leader in outdoor apparel and products; You can find anything from great jackets, gloves, hats, shirts and travel pants.
  • Shop REI : They offer some of the best outdoor gear around. We love REI since they have a year Love it or hate it no questions guarantee.
  • Shop Moosejaw : Has a huge selection of outdoor gear at killer prices.

More on Travel Photography:

  • Ultimate Travel Photography Gear List
  • Best Camera Accessories for Any Photographer
  • The Best Camera for Wildlife Photography
  • Best Drones For Travel From A Real Drone User
  • The Best GoPro Accessories for Adventure Travel
  • GoPro Dome: How to Choose the Best One & Take Epic Photos
  • Common GoPro Mistakes Adventure Travelers Make
  • Choosing the Best Camera Strap: Know Your Options
  • Best Compact Binoculars for Outdoors & Travel
  • Travel Photography

Did you like this story? Share it!

Travel planning resources, about lina stock.

Lina is an award-winning photographer and writer that has been exploring the world since 2001. She has traveled to 100 countries on all 7 continents. Member: SATW, NATJA, ATTA, ITWA

Leave a Comment Cancel reply

Divergent Travelers- Adventure Travel Blog

We’re in Myanmar right now and it’s SO epic… click here to follow along on Instagram.

  • Meet the Team
  • Work with Us
  • Czech Republic
  • Netherlands
  • Switzerland
  • Scandinavia
  • Philippines
  • South Korea
  • New Zealand
  • South Africa
  • Budget Travel
  • Work & Travel
  • The Broke Backpacker Manifesto
  • Travel Resources
  • How to Travel on $10/day

Home » Gear » best travel tripods

The 10 BEST Travel Tripods (Up Your PhotographGame in 2024)

So you just bought your new pride and joy: a travel camera worthy of capturing your epic adventures. But now you’re out shooting and the moment comes when you can’t seem to get a good image. Perhaps there isn’t enough light or maybe it’s too windy; regardless, all of your pictures just look blurry, dark and just don’t seem to capture the epic scene laid out before you.

Other times, you may see some photographers’ work and think: “Wow! How did they get the milky way in their pictures” or wonder “how did they make those waterfalls look so smooth and dreamy?” Well, my friends, the secret is out: A good travel tripod is the reason. 

Admit it, you’ve seen photographers carrying around a tripod or pitching up at a viewpoint and wondered what on earth they need them for. Well, now you know and now you’re taking your travel photography seriously you’re ready to join the pros. When it comes to taking high-quality images, a lightweight travel tripod can be just as important as the camera itself. A great travel tripod might just be the thing that takes your photos to the next level.

Now you’ve decided to take the leap, get ready for a sea of confusing terms, endless options and various different price ranges. When it comes to the best travel tripods, it’s easier said than done to pick the right one for your trip and photography style. Which is why we’ve put together this guide so you can find the perfect travel tripod that fits your style.

Let’s jump into it!

Quick Answers: Best Travel Tripods of 2024

The best travel tripods of 2024, #1 vanguard alta pro, best overall travel tripod, #2 mefoto roadtrip, best travel tripod runner-up, #3 manfrotto befree, best travel tripod for backpacking, #4 zomei z818, best budget travel tripod, #5 gitzo traveler series 1, professional travel tripod, #6 mefoto globetrotter, best professional tripod runner-up, #7 joby gorillapod 5k, best tripod for under $100, #8 benro aero 4 travel angel, best travel tripod for video, #9 3 legged thing punks corey, best budget travel tripod for dslrs, #10 manfrotto 290 carbon fiber monopod, best travel monopod, what to consider when buying the best travel tripod, how we tested the best travel tripods, faq about the best travel tripods, final thoughts.

  • Overall Best Tripod –  Vanguard Alta Pro
  • Best Budget Travel Tripod –  Zomei Z818
  • Best Professional Travel Tripod –  Gitzo Traveler Series 1
  • Best Tripod for Under $100  –  Joby Gorillapod 5k
  • Best Tripod for Video –  Benro Aero 4 Travel Angel
  • Jump to ->   The List of 10 Best Tripods of 2024

vanguard alta pro

Vanguard Alta Pro

  • > 15.4 lbs capacity

zomei-z818

Gitzo Traveler Series 1

  • > 22 lbs capacity

gorillapod-5k

Joby Gorillapod 5K

  • > 11 lbs capacity

benro-aero-4

Benro Aero 4 Travel Angel

  • > 8.8 lbs capacity

best travel tripod lightweight

REI is one of America’s biggest and most-loved outdoor gear retailers.

Now, for just $30, get a lifetime membership that entitles you to 10% OFF on most items, access to their trade-in scheme and discount rentals .

vanguard alta pro

  • Load Capacity:15.4 lb
  • Maximum Height: 68.1?
  • Minimum Height: 56? but this is a misleading number
  • Folded Length: 28.1?
  • Weight: 5.4 lbs
  • Leg Sections: 3 – Flip Locks

Though the Vanguard Alta Pro is almost 6 years old by now, it’s still one of the best tripods on the market today! Since the release of an updated version – the less than stellar Alta Pro 2 – the price of the Alta Pro has dropped even further as well, making this already budget-friendly travel tripod even more affordable.

The Vanguard Alta Pro uses an innovative system – referred to as MACC (Multi-Angle Central Column) – where the center column can be rotated on its axis up to 180 degrees, allowing for a horizontal and upside down compositions.

With such flexibility, you can position your camera in ways that would normally be awkward, like near to the ground and poking out to the side. The system is fairly intuitive and setting-up should take no longer than any other tripod.

  • Innovative design that is still useful today
  • Excellent price these days
  • Well equipped to handle most cameras
  • 15.4 lb load capacity may be a liberal number
  • Will need maintenance
  • Fidgety quick release plate

The legs of the Alta Pro are constructed of 3 sections and can be laid out nearly flat. Combined with the MACC, this ensures that you’ll be able to achieve some pretty crazy and unique angles. The legs use flips locks, which are convenient but will require periodic tightening as they are used.

The Vanguard Alta Pro is a little heavy because it’s made from aluminum. It’s rated to a hold up to 15.4 lbs but many users have commented that this number may be skewed as wobble can still be a problem with oversized DSLRs. Avoid using this tripod at its full extension.

The Vanguard Alta comes equipped with an SBH-100 ball head that is fairly sturdy. The quick release plate is not as smooth as other tripods – like the Manfrotto – but this is a minor gripe. Below the ball head, there is a bubble leveler as well.

Is the Vanguard Alta Pro For You?

Do you want one of the most innovative and praised tripods in recent memory? Want to take advantage of its recent price cuts? Then there is no better time to invest in the Vanguard Alta Pro! This tripod is very capable and has become well-loved over the years; in many people’s minds, it still one of the best tripods for backpacking.

The team are massive fans of this tripod and just love its versatility when it comes to positioning, in particular, the ability to adjust the centre column is priceless when you need to get down low. They also felt it was pretty light and its weight was a good compromise between being light and also being stable in windy conditions.

mefoto-globetrotter

  • Load Capacity: 17.6 lbs
  • Maximum Height: 61.6”
  • Minimum Height: 15.4”
  • Folded Length: 15.4”
  • Weight: 3.6 lbs
  • Leg Sections: 5 – Screw Lock

For those who want a slightly lighter tripod than the Vanguard Alta Pro, the MeFOTO Roadtrip is an excellent alternative. This lightweight travel tripod is very adept and can still handle most photographic situations. It may not be as nifty as the Vanguard but the MeFOTO Roadtrip still has the cuts to get the job done.

Like most tripods, the MeFOTO Roadtrip’s legs can be set to three different positions: wide, standard, and free, the third of which is usually used for folding the legs up for packing.

I find that the second option is usually the most useful as it creates a base that most photographers will find optimal. The first is mostly used for getting the tripod low – though not so low as the Vanguard Alta Pro – to the ground. Changing the position of the legs is simply a matter of pushing and retracting a button.

  • Quite light and packable.
  • Can still hold larger DSLRs
  • Can be converted into a monopod
  • Can still suffer from wobble at times
  • Legs are not as durable as others

Of note is the MeFOTO’s ability to be converted into a monopod, which is an increasingly popular feature in modern tripods.

By removing one of the legs, detaching the central column, and then connecting the two together (BOOM!) you have a monopod. This arrangement is great when you want to run and gun and don’t want to worry about carrying around a cumbersome three legged monster.

At 3.6 lbs, the MeFOTO is quite light. It’s rated to hold over 17 lbs of equipment though many photographers do complain that the MeFOTO still suffers from wobble especially when fully extended.

This is most likely a consequence of the tripod’s light weight in addition to the fact that the legs are broken into five sections, which is not ideal.

Is the MeFOTO Roadtrip For You?

Do you want a lightweight tripod that can handle a heavier DSLR a bit better? Do you like the idea of using a monopod? Then the MeFOTO Roadtrip may be the travel tripod for you! This sturdy tripod will give you that extra rigidity for your camera that, even though it’s not quite professional yet, should handle most situations.

The team loved how quick and easy this tripod was to deploy and adjust with the screw-able leg locks rather than clips, these are also a lot more durable too. The weight of this tripod though was the real selling point for the team and it made them feel like they were much more likely to want to take it with them on their trips.

manfrotto-befree

  • Load Capacity: 8.8 lb
  • Maximum Height: 56.7?
  • Minimum Height: 13.4?
  • Folded Length: 15.75?
  • Weight: 3 lbs
  • Leg Sections: 4 – Flip Lock

If you’re looking for a conventional tripod that is very light and doesn’t sacrifice too much durability, then I suggest the Manfrotto BeFree. This reliable and lightweight tripod is great for wilderness backpacking in addition to demanding professional shoots. It has the usual bells and whistles that a good travel tripod should have and all at a great price.

The Manfrotto BeFree is very straightforward travel tripod that is not overly complex to use.

The legs can be arranged into the usual positions (wide, normal, and free) though the Manfrotto uses a slightly novel latching system to achieve this; it’s unique though in no way inhibitive.

The legs are composed of 4 sections and are locked via flip mechanisms. Like the Alta Pro, you’ll have to periodically tighten these locks. The feet of the tripod are made of rubber, which is good for gripping most surfaces. In my personal experiences, I find the feet like to fall off quite often, which easily fixed via replaced parts though still a little irritating.

  • One of the lightest (aluminum) tripods available
  • Very quick and easy to use
  • Probably not suitable for larger DSLRs
  • Can be unstable when fully extended – lack of a hook doesn’t help
  • Feet like to fall off

The BeFree is remarkably light given that’s made of aluminum – ultralight photographers can upgrade to a carbon fiber version , which cuts about a half pound as well. The BeFree is rated to hold nearly 9 lbs, which makes it most ideal for mirrorless shooters.

Full frame DSLR shooters who use this travel tripod notice some wobbling in the frame especially and complain further that the lack of a hook on the central column, which is used to weight the tripod, leaves much to be desired.

For videographers, the Manfrotto BeFree can also be converted into a great travel video tripod via special video head sold separately. This accessory, the Manfrotto 502 Video Head , is very effective and does a great job panning.

Is the Manfrotto BeFree For You?

Do you want a lightweight travel tripod without sacrificing too much stability? Are you still looking for something affordable? Then check out the Manfrotto BeFree Travel Tripod! This tripod is easy-to-use, very packable, and won’t break your back or the bank at all. It has been my go-to for many years and I have no problem saying that it’s one of the best backpacking tripods out there!

Personally, this has been my go-to tripod of choice for the past few years and I’ve been super happy with its versatility, durability and weight. It easily fits inside my big backpack and honestly still keeps the weight down to a reasonable level for backpacking or short trips. I use this with my Sony A7III and 24-105 f4 lens and I have always found it super stable even in windy conditions.

zomei-z818

  • Load Capacity: ?
  • Maximum Height: 65?
  • Minimum Height: 22?
  • Folded Length: 18?
  • Weight: 3.7 lbs
  • Leg Sections: 4 – Twist Locks

At around $100, the Zomei Z818 is a screaming deal. With a solid build quality, useful features, and the ability to convert into a monopod, this baby can compete with every comparable tripod out there.

I’m going to cut to chase here and say that the Zomei Z818 is very similar to the MeFOTO Roadtrip – shockingly so actually.

Many of the features found in the MeFOTO are also found in the Zomei like the screws locks, the hook in the center column, and the ability to be converted into a monopod. Even the locking mechanism for the Zomei’s legs is eerily similar in mechanics to the MeFOTO.

The Zomei Z818 is a slightly larger travel tripod than the MeFOTO Roadtrip. The Zomei’s maximum height is about 4 inches greater than the MeFOTO and the minimum height is about 7 inches difference. The Zomei is consequently heavier than the MeFOTO but only just barely.

The team felt this was their best backpacking tripod for a DSLR on a budget. They loved that for the price it was all made from high-quality aluminium rather than cheap plastic which made it feel much more durable. The fact that it can be turned into a monopod too really impressed them for such a well priced tripod.

  • Cheaper than the competition
  • Very similar to the MeFOTO Roadtrip
  • No official load capacity?
  • Suffers from some wobble with heavier loads
  • Can’t be commended for being very original (I guess)

Oddly enough, I couldn’t find any official numbers for the Zomei’s load capacity anywhere on the web. Since it is so similar to the Roadtrip though, I imagine that the load capacity for the Zomei would be around 17 lbs.

I would also guess that it suffers from the same wobble as the MeFOTO does when using a heavier camera but this part I’ve yet to actually test.

Long story short, the Zomei Z818 is a great travel tripod, one that is comparable to the already impressive MeFOTO Roadtrip. The fact that it is $50 cheaper than the MeFOTO is the most alurring factor though. Those in the market for the best budget travel tripod will have to consider the Zomei Z818.

Is the Zomei Z818 For You?

Do you want a great tripod for an amazing price? Did you like what you saw with MeFOTO Roadtrip? Then give the Zomei Z818 a chance! Considering its functionality and low price, this guy takes the award for best budget travel tripod currently on the market.

gitzo-traveler-1

  • Load Capacity: 22 lb
  • Maximum Height: 60.2?
  • Minimum Height: 8.6?
  • Folded Length: 16.7?
  • Weight: 2.3 lbs
  • Leg Sections: 4 – G Lock System

If money isn’t an issue for you, then the Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is the best tripod, period. It’s one of the lightest, sturdiest, most intuitive, and most attractive photographic accessories that you can own.

There is no special, groundbreaking technology involved with the Gitzo Traveler Series 1 – it will not blow you away with new or futuristic features. No, the Gitzo does so well because of the quality of its parts and manufacturing. Like the best Italian food that you ever had, it’s all about the ingredients.

The Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is made from high-grade carbon fiber materials, the quality of which the company insists is cut above the competition. Unlike many other tripods in this guide, the Gitzo Traveler is actually quite good-looking, fashionable even, thanks to the stylish finish on the carbon fiber.

  • The best that money can buy
  • Very light and very sturdy
  • Just all around easy-to-use
  • Very, very expensive

The legs are made from 4 sections and are locked in place by the company’s own patented “G Lock System.” This system is very efficient and quite inconspicuous, which only adds to the tripod’s already gorgeous appearance.

The Gitzo weighs a paltry 2.3 lbs and is rated to hold 22 lbs. It’s minimum height of 8.6” is one of the lowest on this list not including the GorillaPod.

I’d go further into the Gitzo’s construction but it’d be futile. I can only say that this is simply one the best tripods that one can buy. You will pay (a lot) for it but, in time, you’ll probably forget about the price. Note that the standard version of this Gitzo doesn’t include a ballhead – if you’re willing to spend the extra cash, you can buy a full set here .

Is the Gitzo Traveler Series 1 For You?

Do you want the absolute best possible travel tripod? Is money no issue? Then go buy the Gitzo Traveler Series 1. With near-perfect engineering and materials, this tripod is, in many photographer’s eyes, not just great for travelling, but everything.

I mean, the team were of course, very impressed by this tripod. But did they feel it was worth almost 500 quid, well, some of them did! The members of the crew who were photography aficionados felt that if your budget stretches this far, then you won’t be disappointed. The carbon fibre construction, twist lock extendable legs, and versatile positioning just make it feel like a real premium product and on top of that, it’s light AF and super compact… what’s not to like. Oohh, yeah, the price!

best travel tripod lightweight

Do You Want to Travel FOREVER??

Pop your email in below to get a FREE copy of ‘How to Travel the World on $10 a Day!’.

  • Load Capacity: 26.4 lb
  • Maximum Height: 64.2?
  • Minimum Height: 16.1?
  • Folded Length: 16.5?
  • Weight: 3.7 lb
  • Leg Sections: 5 – Twist Locks

The MeFOTO Globetrotter is the larger, more capable version of the MeFOTO Roadtrip and is meant for professional photographers with heavier equipment. Made of carbon fiber and rated to hold a staggering 26.4 lbs, the MeFOTO Globetrotter can handle just about anything you or mother nature can throw at it.

When considering the MeFOTO Roadtrip vs the Globetrotter, the two function in many similar ways. Both have twist locks on the legs, three different orientations, and use the same button-like mechanism to set the legs.

Due to its carbon fiber construction, the MeFOTO Globetrotter suffers less from the wobble that the Roadtrip reportedly does while still remaining light. The MeFOTO Globetrotter retains the ability to turn into a monopod and, thanks to sturdier build, may even be used as trekking pole if you’re so inclined.

  • Light for how sturdy it is
  • Very cheap compared to the competition
  • Can handle heavier loads and more adverse conditions
  • Still $300+
  • Little heavy for a carbon fiber tripod

The MeFOTO Globetrotter still uses the twist lock system as the Roadtrip. Again, whether or not you like twist locks or not – as opposed to flip – is a matter of preference. Granted, the Globetrotter’s weather sealing seems to be very effective and its joints do not appear to loosen as quickly as the Roadtrip. This travel tripod is built to last.

The most impressive part about the Globetrotter is the price though – at nearly half the cost of several of its competitors, the Globetrotter performs near equally as well.

At 3.7 lbs too it’s still reasonably light but this is where it falls short compared to the competition. Many carbon fiber tripods will come in at less than 3 lbs, which is why you buy the premium material in the first place and, thus, kinda defeats the purpose.

Is the MeFOTO Globetrotter For You?

Do you want a professional-grade tripod for a good price? Mind if it’s a little heavier than other carbon fiber ones? Then head come on down and get yourself a MeFOTO Globetrotter! This upgraded version of the Roadtrip will stand up to whatever you throw at it and won’t cost too much.

The team were pretty happy with this tripod for the price, it had that feel of a premium product without the extortionate costs in all honesty. The price vs weight vs stability made this tripod feel like it has really hit the sweet spot. The team also felt the red accents the tripod is available in was also a nice touch that made it stand out against the rest.

gorillapod-5k

  • Load Capacity: 11 lb
  • Maximum Height: 15.2?
  • Minimum Height: N/A
  • Folded Length: N/A
  • Weight: 17 oz
  • Leg Sections: N/A

The Gorillapod 5K is Joby’s newest addition to its lineup and maybe its best yet! The 5K is a streamlined version of their previous Focus edition and expands upon its predecessor’s prowess.

With a very sturdy build, unbeatable lightness, the ability to get into otherwise hard-to-reach places, and great price, the Joby GorillaPod 5k is not only the best tripod for under $100 but also the best ultralight tripod.

Gorillapods have been around for a while. I’m sure that you’ve seen them wrapped around a railing or clinging to some tree at least once in your travels. Over the years, they’ve had a bit of a mixed reputation – though novel in their design, they just couldn’t hold up under harsh conditions or heavier loads; neither could they excel in composition because of their short stature.

  • Remarkably sturdy
  • Eminently light
  • Very flexible
  • Maximum sturdiness requires just the right leg setup, which can be tedious
  • Limited to low angle shots
  • Expensive if you’re buying the Joby ballhead too

The Gorillapod Focus and its current iteration, the Gorillapod 5K, have changed that. Built with high end plastics, rubber, machined aluminum, and stainless steel, the Gorillapod 5K is not the cute little tripod that you saw before. This thing can hold a serious amount of weight for its size – 11 lbs – and can support many high-end travel cameras.

The legs of the Gorillapod 5K are their usual flexible selves – being able to wrap many objects for stabilization – though these feel very rigid, perhaps too rigid much for some. You may find it a little tedious to adjust the legs, a process that was already frustrating enough in past models. Tediousness aside, this rigidity is a good thing though as that’s how the Gorillapod is able to hold more weight.

I’ve used the Gorillapod 5K several times while backpacking and feel very happy with it. I was still able to get good shots with my Fujifilm XT2 and certainly didn’t mind the lack of weightiness.

Is the Joby Gorillapod 5k For You?

Do you want the lightest possible tripod that can still handle your heavy equipment? Are you okay with using a tripod that’s only a little over a foot tall? Well then maybe it’s time to give Gorillapods a chance. The Gorillapod 5K is one of the best models ever produced by Joby and is devoid of many of the inherent flaws that has plagued its precursors.

Despite being Scottish slang for poop, the Joby was a roaring success across the team. The tiny, light and compact design meant it was suitable across the board for those using their phone to others using mirrorless cameras. What is also a massive selling point is of course how it can grip on pretty much anything, which the team felt in practice actually worked well, especially on lighter cameras.

benro-aero-4

  • Maximum Height: 65.2?
  • Minimum Height: 21.9?
  • Folded Length: 21.7?
  • Weight: 5.8 lbs
  • Leg Sections: 3 – Flip Lock

Dedicated travel vloggers will need a specialized tripod to create the highest quality videos. One of the most useful tripods specifically for video right now is the Benro Aero 4. With a well designed video head and a sturdy set of legs underneath it, the Benro Aero 4 is more than capable of helping to create gorgeous videos.

The body of the Benro Aero 4 is designed very similarly to many other tripods in this guide. The legs and central column are made of tough aluminum.

The tripod is quite steady and doesn’t have much jitter too so long as your camera is no more than 9lbs. At almost 6 lbs, the Benro Aero 4 is a bit on the heavy side though not as heavy as some other professional grade cinematography tripods.

  • Well-performing tripod head
  • Still has the functions of a normal tripod
  • Easy to set up and pack away
  • Videographers are probably limited to shooting Micro Four Thirds and APS-C
  • Some users report that the screws of the quick release plate are a little wonky
  • Quite heavy

The legs are made from 3 sections and can be locked into fixed positions via a flipping mechanism. The legs can be arranged into the usual angular distances. Note that the widest angle that the Benro Aero 4’s legs can be set-up to is not as wide as other tripods though, thus the relatively high minimum height.

Like many other tripods these days, the Benro can be converted into a monopod as well. Simply remove one of the legs and attach it to the central shaft; easy as that!

The most important part of a good travel video tripod is the head though. The Aero 4’s flat video head is excellently designed and very efficient. Using the built-in handle, which is essential to capturing good video, the head pans very smoothly. There are several other knobs to control resistance further. There’s a quick release plate as well so you can mount your camera and start shooting in a single quick motion.

Is the Benro Aero 4 Travel Angel For You?

Are you a videographer who needs a specialized tripod? Do you use a smaller camera for video? If these sound right to you, then check out the Benro Aero 4! This is one of the best travel video tripods right now thanks to its compact design and superb flat video head.

The team felt this camera was a little niche but for those wanting to produce good-quality videos on their trip, this is the perfect solution. Often video tripods can be pretty heavy and sure, this one is compared to others on our list, but at the same time, compared to other video tripods, it’s not! The larger than normal ball head also neatly tucks away which the team were pretty impressed by.

3-legged-thing-punks-corey

  • Load Capacity: 30 lbs
  • Maximum Height: 58?
  • Minimum Height: 4?
  • Folded Length:13.7?
  • Weight: 3.4 lb

The 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey is a brawler of a tripod that swings way above its weight class. At 3.4 lbs this travel tripod is rated to hold up to 30 lbs, which is a huge number. With a robust design and atypical central column that can be converted into a monopod, the 3 Legged Punks Corey is a real contender.

The Punks Corey is made from rubber, aluminum, and titanium materials. The legs are composed of 5 sections and are locked via a twisting mechanism. The rubber grip for the twists feel good in your hands and looks pretty cool too with a gator-skin like pattern. The legs can be locked into three positions: 23 degrees, 55 degrees, and 80 degrees.

  • Very strong
  • Unique central column design
  • Some may really like cosmetics of this tripod
  • Tripod must still be set up properly to hold 30 lbs
  • Removing central column can take some time
  • Some may really not like cosmetics of this tripod

At its greatest extension, the Punks Corey is 58” high. Note that a tripod will always be more subject to shake as maximum extension is reached.

The Punks Corey’s central column can be removed, which can then be converted into a monopod – in conjunction with one of the legs – or to allow the tripod itself to get as low to the ground as possible. Without the central column, the ball head is rescrewed directly onto the tripod and the minimum height becomes 4”.

To be able to hold such a great weight, the ball head must be strong. The Punks Corey is AirHed Neo ballhead is just that.

Is the 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey For You?

Do you want a beast of a tripod that can handle heavy loads? Want something that is functional as well as convertible? Then look no further than the 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey! It’s better equipped to handle heavy DSLRs and is still able to perform all the usual duties that befit a great travel tripod.

The team felt this was a winner for their best budget travel tripod award (DSLR category of course!). The rubberised twist lock system was particularly appreciated especially when it came to shooting in inclement weather. The ability also to switch the central column to shoot underneath the tripod without any real fuss was also a huge selling point.

manfrotto-290-monopod

  • Maximum Height: 59.4?
  • Minimum Height: 19.3?
  • Weight:1.1 lb

To be honest, this one kinda feels like cheating because this isn’t a tripod at all; it’s purely a monopod – a tool that only uses one leg instead of three. Don’t think that it’s inferior though; in the right hands, the Manfrotto 290 Carbon Fiber Monopod can compete with any tripod. Trekkers can pack it away easily or even use it as a trekking pole, making it one of the best tools for wilderness photographers.

A few tripods already mentioned in this guide have had the ability to convert into monopods – let’s look at now why monopods are just as convenient as their three-legged compatriots.

With three legs, tripods offer near complete stabilization across two planes – a monopod only covers one. For many photographers, that single plane of stabilization is all that is required for getting good pictures. For those who are more active shooters, like hikers, sports photographers, and wedding photographer, a monopod is perfect.

  • The lightest tripod/monopod in this guide
  • Very, very sturdy
  • Very packable
  • Not as much stabilization as a conventional tripod
  • May or may not save your hide
  • Long exposures will be very difficult

The Manfrotto 290 is an exceptional monopod. Built from high-end carbon fiber, it would take a lot to break this thing. Its 4 sections are locked by flipping latches that are equally as reliable.

So strong is the Manfrotto 290 Carbon Fiber Tripod that some photographers may even use it as a trekking pole – there’s even a loop for your wrist.

Note that while the frame is secure, there’s always a chance that it may break should you take a nasty fall. It is, at the end of the day, meant to steady your camera and not save your life. Whether or not you choose to use it as a walking stick or hide it in your bag, the Manfrotto 290 Monopod will integrate seamlessly into your backpacking and camera kit.

Is the Manfrotto 290 Carbon Fiber Monopod For You?

Do you hate the idea of lugging around a tripod? Think you have the steady hand to manage with just one leg? Then give the Manfrotto 290 Carbon Fiber Monopod a shot. It’s a very well-made piece of equipment that monopod enthusiasts will approve of and it’s a great deal.

The team acknowledged how a monopod is maybe a little more niche and of course, has different uses, but they felt this was an awesome option for those wanting to go super light. They did however feel that it was light, stable and quick to adjust on the fly.

best travel tripod lightweight

Now, you  could spend a fat chunk of $$$ on the WRONG present for someone. Wrong size hiking boots, wrong fit backpack, wrong shape sleeping bag… As any adventurer will tell you, gear is a personal choice.

So give the adventurer in your life the gift of convenience: buy them an REI Co-op gift card!  REI is The Broke Backpacker’s retailer of choice for ALL things outdoors, and an REI gift card is the perfect present you can buy from them. And then you won’t have to keep the receipt. 😉

Why Invest in a Travel Tripod?

To me it’s a no-brainer: why buy an expensive travel camera if you can’t get the most out of it? With a tripod, you can do just this – unlock the full potential of your camera and get the best pictures possible.

With a tripod, you can shoot photos in conditions that would be near impossible if you were simply holding the camera in your hand. Selfies, light trails, long exposures; all of these and more are possible while using a tripod.

A good tripod will create maximum stability for your camera. Granted, some photographers get away with using features like image stabilization and lens stabilization – but these will only get you so far. At a minimum, you should at least have a small, lightweight travel tripod that will allow some sort of rigidity in certain circumstances.

With maximum stabilization comes maximum image quality. Where some novices may struggle in the wind, the dark or when trying to get that artistic composition, you will succeed. With the best possible travel tripod, you will take some of the best photos of your life.

As you dive further into the photographic world, you may even discover whole new ways of taking photos thanks to your travel tripod. Advanced techniques like HDR, focus stacking, and nightscapes will all be available to you thanks to your new travel tripod.

With this guide, you’ll receive lots of tips on what to look for in a great tripod and what constitutes a good investment. This guide has a ton of options, but I’ve made it easy to navigate so you’ll easily be able to identify a tripod that best fits your style.

So, first thing is first… what is your style?

What are you looking for in a travel tripod?

Are you looking for something small and easy? Maybe you are in need of something a little taller and sturdy?

Let’s dive deeper…

best travel tripods photographer in field

There are many factors to take into consideration when looking for the right tripod.

But the good news? It doesn’t have to be overwhelming.

A good tripod will be sturdy, reliable, flexible, and not weigh too much or be too big at the same time.

Sounds easy, right?

Ha, not always.

Most tripods will only be able to do a few of these things well; to have the perfect tripod would mean spending a lot of money, which many of us broke backpackers don’t have.

You obviously can’t have everything when choosing a tripod so you’ll have to be picky. Maybe you need something light or maybe you need something rock solid. Perhaps you’ll want a tripod that can bend in unheard of ways or perhaps you just want something simple.

Take into consideration the following points when looking for a tripod. Pick and choose which features are most important for you and then go for it!

wadi rum stars best travel tripod

Size and Weight

These are perhaps the most important aspects to consider when choosing a tripod for traveling as both have far-reaching repercussions. How you pack your tripod and how much of a burden it is are dependent on its size and weight.

Generally speaking, a larger tripod will be more able to handle heavier loads and adverse conditions. With size comes weight though and carrying around those extras pounds will fatigue you after a while.

If you want to cut weight, a smaller tripod will have the benefit of being lighter in addition to being less expensive. With a smaller tripod comes other compromises though: you will not have as much freedom when it comes to composing your shot and stability can sometimes be an issue.

You can have your cake and eat it too but it’ll cost quite a bit of cash. There are several professional-grade travel tripods that are physically large enough to be effective yet still weigh very little at the same time. These will be much more expensive though as they are almost always made of premium materials.

I personally think about these issues all the time and it’s a constant battle between preparedness and minimal weight. I have actually invested in two tripods – a Manfrotto BeFree and Gorillapod 4K – and alternate between the two depending on the shoot.

camera-on-tripod

Material and Durability

As previously mentioned, material will play an important part in weight and price as well as overall durability. To put it simply: more expensive materials will be lighter, stronger, and more expensive while cheaper ones will be heavier, weaker, and less expensive. So unfortunately a cheap travel tripod might just weigh you down significantly!

Aluminum is the most common alloy used in the construction of tripods. It is a cheap, ubiquitous material that handles the elements well. Even though it’s technically weaker than carbon fiber, it’s still very durable. Most of the best budget travel tripods will be made of aluminum.

Carbon fiber is a stronger composite that is lighter and stronger than aluminum. It is a very reliable material that is used to manufacture all sorts of products that require the utmost durability like cars, safety vests, and even spaceships. Because it is hard to produce though, carbon fiber is markedly more expensive than aluminum.

Unless you are very adamant about cutting weight and are willing to pay the price, aluminum is a perfectly fine material . When used properly – as is the case with all of the tripods on this list – it’s very reliable. I’ve personally taken aluminum tripods into some very hairy situations and they’ve never failed me.

best travel tripod lightweight

Load Capacity

Certain travel tripods can hold certain amounts of weight depending on their size, build, and overall quality. Lighter tripods may be less able to hold heavier weights but, then again, heavier tripods will be a burden on your back.

It is important to have a travel tripod that can properly hold your camera as it will ensure maximum image quality. A tripod that is struggling under the weight of a heavy camera will start to shake and sharpness will be affected. The tripod may even fall over, in which case you have a serious problem – fallen tripods can mean broken cameras.

Most travel tripods can handle a standard DSLR. Only in extreme situations do you need to worry about load capacity i.e. if you’re using a really bulky DSLR with a hefty lens or if you know you’ll be shooting in very windy conditions. In these cases, it would be wise to a travel tripod that is rated to carry more.

But especially if you’re looking for the best budget tripod for a DSLR, the weight of your equipment has to be a consideration.

photographers with huge lenses

Ergonomics and Ease of Use

Tripod technology really has come a long way. I remember using my parent’s old video camera tripod and thinking how rudimentary it was – the range of the leg’s motion was barely 45 degrees, the ball head was fitted with quark, and the metal construction felt like a bleacher seat.

How shocked was I when I bought a modern travel tripod and found out that it could do things like fold up and even be turned upside for extremely low perspective shots!

A good modern tripod will be malleable and have the ability to be set up in numerous configurations. Thanks to a system of adjustable legs and flexible hinges, travel tripod can do just this.

A tripod must be easy to use as well. All of those tricky motions and creative setups will mean nothing if it takes too long to get ready. Thankfully, most travel tripods do not suffer from such shortcomings. Only in special circumstances can a tripod be forgiven for being unwieldy.

Another important point: a tripod needs to be able to packed down to fit in your bag. If it’s too large or too cumbersome, you’re going to have problems traveling with. Thankfully most camera bags have special loop that can accommodate most tripods. Check out our guide on the best camera bags for good examples!

photographer-in-city

Tripod Head

Finding the best tripod head is just as important as finding a great travel tripod. A tripod head will enable even more customizable compositions and contribute to aspects such as weight, ergonomics, and load capacity.

A good tripod head will have a full 360-degree range of motion. Most modern-day ball heads allow for this. Ball heads will be free floating until locked into place by several clamps. Clamps come in the form of nobs or larger winged screws. Some photographers will prefer one of the other but I find this distinction to be negligible.

Other signs of a good travel tripod head will be features like a quick release plate, panoramic markings, and bubble leveler. Quick release places allow for optimal mounting of a camera and I always prefer having one. Panoramic marking will help guide you and maintain even composition while making panoramas. Finally, a bubble leveler will help make sure that an image is level to the ground.

manfrotto tripod head

Legs play an important part in tripod stability. Generally speaking, the more sections that a tripod leg has, the lesser the sturdiness. Try to find a tripod with as few leg sections as possible – around 3-4. Should you find that the legs are often shaking – for whatever reason – try investing in a stone bag , which will weigh down the tripod and limit shakiness.

The length of a tripod leg can be adjusted via a series of locking mechanisms. Most of these mechanisms come in two styles: screw and flip locks. Screws locks require a twisting motion to adjust while flip locks require, as the name implies, a flipping action.

In terms of usability, the difference between screw locks and flip locks is a matter of preference; some photographers find twisting to be a natural motion while others prefer flipping. Really, it’s up to you.

There a couple of disadvantages to take into consideration when choosing between locks. Flip locks will loosen over time and so will require periodic tightening. Twist locks will need to be used appropriately; if you twist the leg too loose, it may fall apart.

tripod-G226 low angle

In the end, cash rules everything around us. How much are you willing to spend on a tripod? You get what you pay for, as they say, but that doesn’t mean you can’t get what you need and for a good price. Weigh all of the aspects highlighting in this section and then figure out what it’ll take to get the best possible travel tripod for you.

best travel tripods

There is no perfect or exact science when it comes to testing out the best travel gear. But when it comes to finding a good travel tripod for your next trip, you’ve come to the right place. Here we’ve got a team of folks with various different experiences that have tested these 3 legged beasts out all over the world!

So each member of the team took each tripod out for a proper test drive over the course of a few weeks and on various trips across the entire bloody globe yo! They paid attention to things like how heavy each one was, durability, packability, size (both when fully extended and also when packed away).

We also looked at how it fulfilled its primary purpose, which is, of course, holding your camera! So that includes stability, manoeuvrability, ease of deployments and things like how many positions it can put your camera in … get your mind out of the gutter guys!

Finally, we also take into account how an item is priced – It’s alright wanting to find the best cheap travel tripod, but we’ve got to still way up whether it offers good value for money! The more expensive gear was scrutinised to a higher level given its price tag.

Still have some questions? No problem! We’ve listed and answered the most commonly asked questions below. Here’s what people usually want to know:

What is the best packable travel tripod?

While you can simply strap all travel tripods to the side of your backpack, the MeFOTO Roadtrip is the lightest and easiest to pack.

What makes a good travel tripod?

That depends on your personal need. These are the key features you need to think about: 1. Size and weight 2. Material and durability 3. Load capacity, ergonomics and easy use 4. Cost

What is the overall best travel tripod?

We’re very impressed with the quality and value of the Vanguard Alta Pro . It’s one of the most affordable tripods and ticks off all of the important key features.

Which travel tripod should professionals buy?

A professional tripod needs to be a bit higher in quality and offer great value. That’s why the Gitzo Traveler Series 1 is the ideal tripod for pros.

best travel tripod lightweight

Our GREATEST Travel Secrets…

Pop your email here & get the original Broke Backpacker Bible for FREE.

A tripod should be the first piece of equipment that you buy after purchasing a camera (then a camera backpack – check out the WANDRD PRVKE 31 ). They are perhaps the most useful tool in a photographer’s arsenal. As such, you must think wisely about what kind of tripod you buy for your travels.

Each travel tripod will appeal to a certain type of photographer. Mirrorless shooters who want something portable and inexpensive may want to invest in a Manfrotto BeFree. Perhaps you want something a little more suitable for a DSLR? In that case, maybe the MeFOTO Globetrotter is best. There really is a travel tripod for everyone out there.

Hopefully, we’ve covered all aspects so you can make an informed decision, whether that’s to pick one of the best cheap travel tripods or one of the more expensive numbers.

Figure out your needs and choose a travel tripod accordingly. With this guide, you’ll gain the necessary info to understanding what is best for you. Study it well and then waste no time in finding the best tripod for your travel needs! This is the beginning of your illustrious photographic adventures.

photographer-and-spectators-at-afrika-burn

And for transparency’s sake, please know that some of the links in our content are affiliate links . That means that if you book your accommodation, buy your gear, or sort your insurance through our link, we earn a small commission (at no extra cost to you). That said, we only link to the gear we trust and never recommend services we don’t believe are up to scratch. Again, thank you!

Ralph Cope

Share or save this post

best travel tripod lightweight

If you have one of these cameras or have decided you’re you get one, there’s not really a need for a tripod. Pipe clamps for fitting and aligning stainless-steel pipe and fittings are just about every one of the same. Camera bags appear in lot of different size and shapes, so finding one ideal for you guessed it-your camera isn’t a struggle to accomplish, and receiving a good video tripod can be a breeze to perform, so anybody who desires to shoot professional videos just like the professionals do, they’re able to get a tripod that will assist them do it.

Leave a Reply Cancel reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Save my name, email, and website in this browser for the next time I comment.

Notify me of followup comments via e-mail.

This Expansive Adventure

Our guide to the Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking and Backpacking in 2024

Once upon a time, a tripod was seen as an essential piece of equipment for every photographer.If you wanted the best – the sharpest – image quality, then the advice was always to lock your camera onto the biggest tripod you could carry.However, as camera technology has improved, bringing such benefits as improved image quality at high ISO values, lens and body-based stabilisation (VR, IS, OIS or IBIS – manufacturers have a wide range of names for this!) and vibration-free electronic shutter, the need to carry a tripod has been greatly reduced.Indeed, using a mix of in-body stabilisation and electronic shutter, we’ve been able to get reliably sharp results with a hand-held mirrorless camera at shutter-speeds as low as half a second! If you’ve been taking photos seriously for any length of time, you’ll know that a stat like this is incredible. This would have been impossible even just a few years ago with a DSLR camera.

None the less, we think a tripod is still an important piece of equipment and carrying one can be the difference between getting a shot or not. The main job of a tripod is to help us eliminate camera movement. Put simply, if your camera moves during an exposure, it will degrade images quality – that is, sharpness and detail in the final image. The more reliably we can keep our camera still during exposure, the better we can expect the final image quality to be and tripod is still one of the best ways to achieve this. Beyond this, tripods also force you to work in a slower, more considered way – you’ll spend more time setting things up and therefore thinking about your images and this is something that many may feel benefits their creative process .

Let’s take a look at some of our favourite tripods for the trail. We’ve decided to limit this round up to full-sized tripods that you can comfortably work with whilst stood up. We’ve decided to leave out mini or tabletop tripods and other stabilisation devices such as the Joby Gorillapod which often find their way into roundups like this. This isn’t to say these devices don’t have their place – they absolutely do – but in our experience, they just aren’t as versatile as a full-sized tripod and they can quickly become extra weight on a hike.

In brief: The Best Travel Tripods for Every Budget

  • Gitzo Traveler
  • Manfrotto Befree GT XPRO
  • Three Legged Thing Brian 2.0
  • Manfrotto 055
  • Benbo Trekker Mk.3

Skip ahead to reviews

Our Round Up of the Best Tripods for Travel, Adventure and Backpacking

1. gitzo traveler.

Gitzo Traveler Tripod with Center Ball Head - Super-Compact, Foldable and Light, with Short Column Included for Ground Level Shoots - Series 0-4 Sections - Carbon Fiber - GK0545T-82TQD

Gitzo are one of the longest established and best-known tripod brands and their products have a reputation for fantastic quality – and high prices!The Gitzo Traveler Series – available either as legs only or in a kit with a matched centre ball head – is the most obvious starting point here.It’s offered with a number of different options: First of all, there’s the ‘Series’ – either ‘0’ or ‘1’ with the ‘1’ being slightly larger.Each series is also offered with either four or five leg sections – and as you’d expect, the five section version folds up a little smaller than the four section version.As with all Gitzo tripods, the legs use twist locks.The Series 0 with four leg sections is particularly note worthy: with the matching head, it weighs in at under 1.3kg, has a folded height under 37cm, extends to 133cm and yet is still rated for a 10kg load.The price is high, but this is a great range of stats!

As with all Gitzo products, these are made and finished to the highest standard.The carbon leg sections – this tripod is only available in carbon – has a prominent diamond patterned weave and the metal hardware is finished with the grey metallic ‘spatter’ finish that has become Gitzo’s trademark.It’s hard to get excited about the look of a tripod, but you also have to admit that as far as these things go, the Gitzo is beautiful!

2. Manfrotto Befree GT XPRO

Manfrotto Befree GT XPRO Aluminium Camera Tripod, 496 Centre Ball Head, M-Lock System, 90 Degree Column, 200PL-PRO Plate, for DSLRs and CSC with Long Lenses, Macro Photography, MKBFRA4GTXP-BH

Manfrotto is probably the best known tripod manufacturer in the world – and rightly so: the Italian company has a long history of making high quality, resilient and great value products. For many photographers, Manfrotto is the only choice when it comes to tripods! Befree is their family of travel-specific tripods and there are a number of different models within the range.

We are particularly drawn to the Befree GT XPRO range – offered in both a  Carbon  and  Aluminium  version.Whilst not as lightweight as the Gitzo (coming in at just under 1.8kg inc. head for the carbon version and 2kg inc. head for the Aluminium version), this tripod extends to over 160cm and is rated for loads of up to 12kg.It’s also comes in at a more attractive price point than the Gitzo.Manfrotto bundles the Befree GT XPRO legs with their 496 ball head – this is a substantial upgrade over the basic ballhead previously bundled with the Befree range and features an ingenious quick release mechanism, that will accept both Manfrotto’s own rectangular release plates and Arca Swiss style plates.

3. Three Legged Thing Brian 2.0

3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0 Carbon Fibre Travel-Friendly Tripod - Compact & Adjustable Camera Tripod with Three Detachable Legs - Blue/Black (BRIANBLUE2.0)

British company Three Legged Thing are relative a newcomer to the market relative to the others here, but they’ve none the less shaken up the market with some innovative and well designed products.They’ve got a massive range of products that can seem daunting to navigate, but their Brian 2.0 ticks all the right boxes for a good travel tripod and it’s offered as a set with Three Legged Thing’s AirHead Neo 2.0 Ballhead, which integrates an Arca compatible clamp.

The key think about this tripod is its versatility.The two section centre column means the tripod can go from just under 20cm at its minimum extension, all the way up to 186cm at its maximum.Beyond this, the tripod legs can removed and replaced with optional extra short legs giving a table top tripod whilst each removable leg can be put into service as monopods, microphone booms or even lighting stands.On top of all of this, the tripod and head weigh in at under 1.7kg, and fold down to 42cm (thanks to five section legs).The legs can be set at different angles and usefully, the company states different maximum load capacities at different leg angles (which makes perfect sense! It would be great if other manufacturers would do this!). With this in mind, the load capacity is stated as between 14kg and 5kg which, in real terms means you should have no issue attaching a camera body with a largeish lens like a 70-200mm f/2.8.The bold colouring may not be to everyone’s taste, but Three Legged Thing also offer an all-black version for those who want something a little more discreet.

4. Manfrotto 055

Manfrotto MT055CXPRO4 055 Carbon Fiber 4-Section Tripod with Horizontal Column, Black

The Manfrotto 055 has been around in various guises for decades and has a reputation as a true workhorse for both amateur and professional photographers.Today, the 055 is offered in both aluminium and carbon with variants with either three or four leg sections in each material.Many would consider the 055 to be too large for a travel tripod, but we’d disagree.For sure, it’s no ultralight tripods mentioned so far, but it’s still very portable – we have one and have done plenty of long hikes with it lashed to the side of a pack on numerous occasions.The legs can be locked independently at three different angles, so it works well for low angles and on uneven surfaces too.The centre column can also be rotated 90 degrees for over the top or super low angle shooting. Chunky flip-locks secure the leg extensions and we know from years of experience that these just go on and on working in all weather conditions. If we could only choose one tripod, it would probably be the Manfrotto 055!

The real advantage of the 055 series as we see it is that it hits a sweet spot between size and weight without sacrificing capabilities.Most travel specific tripods feel like they make some compromises in terms of their height and stability in order to hit a target weight or size, but not so the 055 – this is absolutely still a sturdy tripod.The tree section version has a working range of between 9cm and 170cm, a folded length of 63cm and a load capacity of up to 20kg that comes in handy in strong winds (that’s all without a head). This tripod might be overkill if you use lightweight mirrorless gear with small lenses, but it’s the perfect choice if you use larger or heavier gear – say, professional DSLRs with grips, very large telephoto lenses or even medium or large format film cameras. Manfrotto also make the slightly smaller 190 series.This may appeal to some as it packs many of the same features of the 055 in a smaller and lighter package – however, we think that it doesn’t quite hit the same sweet spot as the 055.

5. Benbo Trekker Mk. 3

Benbo Trekker Mk 2 Tripod Without Head #BEN 107

Benbo – not to be confused with the very similar sounding Benro – are definitely the  Marmite  of the tripod world.Their tripods have been around in various forms since the 80s, but don’t get very much coverage these days, which is a real shame as they offer a truly unique design.There are several models in the Benbo range, but the Trekker Mk. 3 is the most appropriate for this roundup.The industrial design is clunky 80s through and through. This is a fully aluminum alloy tripod and there’s no carbon option offered.At 76cm folded and weighing in at 2kg – and that’s without a head too – it’s definitely a large and heavy tripod, but it’s unique capabilities may well more than make up for this with some users.

Benbo is a contortion of ‘bent bolt’ and describes the unique construction of the tripod: all three legs and the centre column can pivot freely around this bolt and a single lever locks and unlocks all the movement simultaneously.Unlock the bolt and the whole tripod just flops about like a ragdoll… a metal ragdoll with an expensive camera attached to it!In fact, if you’re not careful, the whole tripod can crash to the ground when you unlock the bolt.The first time you use it – the first several times in fact – this is hugely frustrating and you’ll no doubt find yourself fighting against the design.However, in not much time you get used to it and at this point the true genius of the design becomes apparent: Most tripods assume that they will be set up on more or less level ground with the centre column perpendicular.Not so the Benbo.The flexibility allows you to contort the tripod into any number of different spaces.The legs can be braced against walls, trees, whatever and the centre column can easily be placed at any number of angles without impacting stability.The upshot of this is that you can place your camera pretty much anywhere you want.The Benbo’s design redefines what a tripod is and for those who like low angles, ground level or overhead shots, macro or detail work or who regularly shoot on very uneven terrain, the Benbo design is truly liberating and a great option.The Trekker Mk. 3 can extend to a maximum height of 160cm and is rated for a maximum load capacity of 8kg. These figures may not sound that impressive next to the other tripods in this round up, but remember, this is a very different beast and the Trekker’s unique selling point is the flexibility it offers within these limits.

Other photography content you might enjoy:

Using Your Creative Voice For Change - Fm Dsc F

Using Your Creative Voice For Change

Rediscovering Your Creativity in Familiar Places - Fm Dsc F

Rediscovering Your Creativity in Familiar Places

Demystifying Photographic Workflows: How to manage your photography better from start to finish - Fm Dsc F

Demystifying Photographic Workflows: How to manage your photography better from start to finish

Storytelling & Filmmaking in Lockdown: What we learned whilst making our most ambitious film so far - Image

Storytelling & Filmmaking in Lockdown: What we learned whilst making our most ambitious film so far

Our Tips For Planning A Photography Project - Image Asset

Our Tips For Planning A Photography Project

Your needs in a tripod can vary greatly depending on what equipment you’re using and how you’re planning on using it.The best tripod might actually be a selection of different tripods! We have three very different tripods that we regularly work with – ranging from a massive, full-sized tripod that’s over a meter long when folded and close to 7kg to a super light weight carbon fibre travel tripod that can easily be tucked into the side pocket of a backpack. Each tripod has it’s place and, just like any other gear choices, our selection of which one to bring will depend on what we anticipate shooting.

The Anatomy of a Tripod and Features to Look Out For

A tripod consists of two main parts – the legs (and, if you want to be pedantic, the legs alone constitute the tripod) and the head.Within this basic plan, there are a wide range of different design variants.Most so called ‘travel tripods’ sacrifice height and stability to achieve a smaller, lighter product and some have come up with novel design features to help here.The legs on some travel tripods – like the Gitzo Traveller and Manfrotto Befree – can fold over the head to make the folded tripod more compact.Travel tripods also usually incorporate more telescopic leg sections to allow them to be smaller when collapsed. Certain models such as the Gitzo Traveler offer variants with different numbers of leg sections: The five-section version is a more compact design than the four-section version when folded. On the flip side, it will take longer to set up the five-section version, it doesn’t extend to the same height and it costs a bit more too.

Every tripod in this round up has a telescopic centre column. This is a great way to get some extra height when the tripod is fully extended – that’s especially relevant with travel tripods that don’t extend very high. However, extending the centre column also impacts stability – sometimes by a lot! It’s always better practice to extend the tripod’s legs as much as you can before you extend the centre column.We always try to get the positioning more or less correct with just the legs and then use a little centre column adjustment to fine tune things.

Size, Weight, Stability and Carrying Capacity

The recommendation always used to be that the best tripod was the heaviest one you could carry. This advice saw us both carrying around tripod and head combos that weighed north of 5kg early on in our careers. You can absolutely see the logic in this – you ideally want your camera to be immovable once mounted on the tripod – but we also need to offset this the realities of how much weight you can comfortably carry and also what you actually need the tripod to be able to support.

Camera gear is getting smaller and lighter! Twenty years ago, serious landscape photographers would routinely work with medium and large format film cameras.Ten years ago, DSLR cameras were dominant and today, mirrorless cameras are becoming the camera of choice (though there’s still plenty of people out there – us sometimes included – using older and even antique technology and processes to create unique images ). It’s perhaps a bit of an over-simplification, but it’s broadly true to say that each of these camera types has not just lost weight and bulk relative to the previous generation, but also introduced new technology to reduce the factors that lead to camera shake. With this in mind, a good tripod for a medium format film camera could well be complete overkill for a more modern mirrorless camera.

When choosing a tripod, we think it’s important to start by thinkingabout what you need it to be able to do: How much does your heaviest camera and lens actually weigh? Do you realistically need to very tall tripod when hiking? How important is low angle shooting?

The key factors to look for in any tripod are its sized – both folded and extended.But don’t just look at the tripod’s maximum height: also consider its minimum height. Consider its weight and how much it can support. If you’ve assessed your needs from a tripod as we previously suggested, making sense of manufacturer’s spec sheets can suddenly become a whole lot easier!

One other factor to bear in mind is that a tripod’s load bearing capacity should be considered an absolute maximum and will likely assume an ideal setup on level ground. It’s worth remembering this if you often find yourself shooting at extreme angles and in these instances a tripod rated for a heavier load than you need is worth considering.

Material – Aluminum vs Carbon Fibre

For a very long time, aluminium was the only choice when it came to tripods, but since the early 2000s, carbon fibre has emerged as an alternative material. When carbon tripods first appeared, there were some concerns about how durable they’d be in the long term, but the consensus now is that carbon is every bit as durable as aluminium in general use and we certainly have no issue with the durability of our carbon tripods. Many tripods are offered in both carbon and aluminium versions. The trade off here is usually pretty simple: aluminium costs less – sometimes a lot less – but weights more. Carbon is more expensive and lighter. There are some meaningful weight savings to be made with carbon – for example Manfrotto quotes 2.5kg vs 2kg respectively for the otherwise identical aluminium and carbon version of the three section 055, however, this weight saving almost doubles the RRP of the tripod! The bottom line is that if you can afford it, carbon is a worthwhile upgrade, but we think it shouldn’t be the only factor that influences your purchase decision.

Quick Release Plates and L Brackets

The days of screwing your camera directly onto a tripod head are long gone! All but the most basic of tripod heads will also incorporate some form of quick release.This takes two parts: a quick-release plate that attaches to your camera’s tripod socket and some sort of clamp on the tripod head to allow you to quickly attach and detach the camera. There’s a multitude of different options here – Manfrotto alone have offered at least four different proprietary quick release systems over the years!However, the Arca Swiss quick release system has emerged as the closest thing to an industry-wide standard in recent years as it provides a huge amount of versatility in terms of the size of the plates and locking clamp – so one system can be used for all sorts of hardware from the lightest compact camera up to the most massive super telephoto lens. A wide range of manufacturers now offer ‘Arca compatible’ quick release systems at a range of price points.

An L-Bracket takes the idea of a quick release plate one step further: it’s a device that cradles your camera and offers two quick release surfaces. The reason behind this is that you can change your camera between horizontal/landscape and vertical/portrait orientation without having to flip the tripod head into its ‘portrait mode’. This can really help to improve stability and we’d seriously recommend investing in an L bracket – especially if you use heavy lenses. They are available in different sizes for DSLR and mirrorless cameras and also for larger professional bodies used with a vertical grip .

Use Your Head – A Smart Upgrade

Many travel tripods come as a kit with a basic ball and socket head.The kit head is often a great starting point, but it’s also worth bearing in mind that a tripod works as a system with the attached head and the system is only as stable as the weakest element. If your tripod legs are rated to hold a 10kg load, but the attached tripod head is only rated to 2kg, then 2kg is your system’s limit! With this in mind, you’ll quickly realise that a lightweight head can undermine the stability of your entire support system.

If you’re new to the world of camera supports, it’s worth mentioning that tripod heads attach to legs via a standard 3/8 inch screw fixing, so you can easily mix and match heads and legs from different manufacturers. Tripod heads can get very expensive, but there’s also plenty of budget options that can really improve on the stability of the basic kit head as well as adding extra usable features.

Our lightest tripod is a Manfrotto Befree and we’ve upgraded the kit head to an Artcise PB40 . This inexpensive upgrade not only boosts the load capacity and stability of the system without adding much overall weight, but also adds a native Arca compatible quick release clamp and a separate pan control above the ball. We regularly produce stitched panoramas which require a levelled camera as a starting point and this second pan control is huge time-saver.

For Stills Photography, There are Three Main Types of Head: 

best travel tripod lightweight

Pan and tilt (or ‘3D’ or ‘three way’) heads offer separate controls panning as well as side to side and front to back tilt. They are characterised by having three prominent control levers.If weight and bulk were no question, we’d pick a high quality pan and tilt head over a ball head any day (in fact, we think the Manfrotto 229 s might be the best tripod head ever made), as they allow quick and precise positioning of the camera and a long control handle acts as a lever to make positioning heavy camera/lens combos a breeze. However, weight and bulk are most definitely an issue, so we reserve the pan and tilt head – usually paired with a heavy-duty set of legs – for those times when we know we don’t have to hike far.

Geared heads are basically pan and tile heads with extra fine control over the movements provided by gearing. Some landscape photographers – especially those working with ultra-specialised (and ultra-costly!) technical camerasfrom the likes of Phase One and Alpa – swear by these, but we personally find them either too big, heavy, expensive, fragile or slow to work with for travel photography.

Leg Locks and Speed of Use

As with all photo equipment, you need to consider ease and speed of use. One point about tripods that is often overlooked, but which we think is critically important is the leg locking mechanism.There are two main types: twist locks (as featured on the Gitzo traveller – indeed on the entire Gitzo range) are reliant on screw threads whilst flip locks (as featured on the Manfrotto 055) are simply hinged levers.Which type you prefer is a personal choice – in fact, you may not have strong feelings either way, but we’ll be blunt: we much prefer flip locks!

You should also consider how the tripod will fit in with the kind of environments you photograph in: if you regularly work in very cold places, you should look out for oversized controls that are easy to operate with gloves on.

If you regularly need to work quickly, then a tripod with fewer leg sections will absolutely be quicker to set up.

Disclaimer:  This article contains Affiliate Links. You won’t pay any more for buying through these links, but we may receive a commission from any purchases made through them. As an Amazon Associate, I earn from qualifying purchases. If you choose to support us by buying through our links, we thank you as it helps us to continue providing the resources we do to help you enjoy the outdoors more!

Expert World Travel

Best Travel Tripods (Take Epic Pics On The Go)

Traveling with camera gear can be a complete nightmare. Every extra thing you take with you adds up to extra weight, and, extra space. Things you often don’t have enough of.

I was recently faced with exactly this dilemma, while also trying to upgrade my 10-year-old, super small, but mostly useless, old tripod.

At A Glance: Our Top 3 Travel Tripods

  • Best Overall Tripod Three Legged Thing - Brian Carbon Fiber Jump To Review
  • Best High-End Tripod Gitzo Traveler Series 1 GT1555T Tripod Jump To Review
  • Best Budget Tripod Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber (FSL09CN00) Jump To Review

So in this post, I am going to share the fruits of my long, arduous quest for the best travel tripod. From the top of the line to the super affordable, I have found the best options out there to help you take amazing pictures on the road!

Top Product Overview

Top travel tripods in 2021, three legged thing - brian carbon fiber.

best travel tripod lightweight

When I was looking for a new lightweight travel tripod, I thought I would end up with one of the more popular brands. However, don’t close your mind to new players, there are some amazing travel tripods out there like this one – Brian from Three Legged Thing .

Three-Legged Thing is a “relatively” new brand in the tripod world. They are based in the UK and produce super-high-quality tripods that are focused on travel.

I came across them in my recent quest for a new travel tripod. I read all the reviews and blog posts around, and always saw the same companies – Manfrotto, BeFree, Gitzo, etc. But I wanted to find the optimal tripod in terms of weight, useable height, and collapsed size. All without giving up any functionality.

Three-Legged Thing also produces a huge range of tripods , so if you want something smaller, longer, lighter, etc. they are sure to have it.

I ended up with the Brian tripod from Three Legged Thing because it fits all those criteria. It fits easily in a normal backpack, is close to the best lightweight tripod around, and when it is fully extended it is 74 inches (188 cm) – so eye level or above for almost anyone. Rare in such a lightweight travel tripod.

They have also thought about almost everything including

  • the ability to get super low by removing the center column (and make a Monopod with one of the tripod legs too!)
  • super fast extension of the legs with their patented rubber grips on the twist locks
  • reverse collapsed so it is super-compact (the legs fold 180 degrees to envelope the tripod head)
  • a super slim, easy to use a tripod ball head
  • removable and changeable feet (buy separately – spikes etc)
  • And it looks stunning too with the blue/orange anodized Aluminium they used!

My only beef with this tripod apart from the fact I would have liked it to be even lighter (you can get those, but they are always smaller and don’t expand as high) is that it does not have a quick-release plate – a minor detail, given you can get alternative heads for it. It is Arca compatible though. And of course, it sits on a lovely ball head, so all in all you can’t really complain.

But for me, this is the best travel tripod you can get right now.

  • Super compact & lightweight tripod
  • Extends up to 74 inches (188 cm)
  • Easy to open up and exten
  • Moderate price compared to similar models from other brands
  • Tripod ball head does not have quick release
  • Not the cheapest option - but mid-range and worth it in my opinion

Product Information

  • Materials: Carbon fiber
  • Weight: 3lb / 1.36kg
  • Max Height: 74" / 188 cm
  • Folded Length: 16.1"/ 41 cm
  • Max capacity: 30.9lb / 14 kg

Gitzo Traveler Series 1 GT1555T Tripod

Gitzo Lightweight Series 1 Traveler Carbon Fiber Tripod with Center Ball Head, Silver & Black (GK1555T-82TQDUS)

Gitzo makes the absolute cream of the crop when it comes to tripods, and many would claim they are the absolute best tripod around. Quite a few travel photographers will be seen on Youtube toting a Gitzo and for good reason. The quality and craftsmanship of their gear are almost second to none.

It just comes with a price tag to match. And, I actually found the specs a little lacking compared to Brian above when I seriously compared them. And for more than double the price, Three Legged had me sold.

Anyway, back to the Gitzo . It is a carbon fiber tripod at 3.1 pounds and extends all the way to 58.5″ (158.6 cm) so not quite as high as the Brian, but most people will be ok with it.

Note: If you want a taller one, you will have to compromise on the weight and folded height quite a bit. One model you can check out is the Gitzo GK2545T  (max height 65.2″)

Where this carbon fiber tripod excels in the specs is the folded length is one of the smallest around at 14 inches (35.6 cm) so will easily fit in any backpack or case.

The Traveler has all the other features you would expect from a lightweight travel tripod including:

  • Reverse collapsible twist-lock legs with 3 angles
  • Top-notch tripod ball head with quick release (arca compatible)
  • Short center column to help get lower to the ground
  • Easy to use ball head for image alignment
  • Exceptional quality
  • Super-lightweight at 3.1lb
  • Compact folded size: 14 inches
  • Quick release plate
  • Very expensive
  • Extended height a little lacking, but there are bigger models
  • No Monopod ability
  • Weight: 3.1 lb / 1.4kg
  • Max Height: 58.5" / 158.6 cm
  • Folded Length: 14"/ 35.6 cm
  • Max load: 22 lb / 10 kg

Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber (FSL09CN00)

Benro Slim Travel Kit - Carbon Fiber (FSL09CN00)

The Benro Slim is probably the cheapest, smallest, and simplest of all the lightweight travel tripods in this review. That doesn’t mean that it’s not worth your time, it just lacks a few features and a little bit of full height, as well as weight capacity.

But it makes for a great travel companion for those wanting to save weight, space and don’t need pro camera features.

Weighing in at 2.64lb, it’s certainly the lightest I have seen in a while. And I was surprised it was able to extend to 57.1 inches (147cm). Not a towering tripod, but given it collapses to 12.9 inches (32.7cm) it’s probably the smallest too.

Otherwise, it is quite a simple travel tripod, with an extending and reversible center column, simple lockable 4 part carbon fiber legs that have multiple angles (as all of them do).

The one small touch it does have is a hook on the end of the column to hang your bag or weight for windy conditions.

The ball head is decent enough, although not quick release. It has a bubble level that gets hidden by the camera when attached, which is a small downside. But the lever release is an easy-to-use feature. And this lightweight travel tripod has a separate panoramic knob for rotating.

All in all, this would be the best option in terms of size, weight, and price, if you want to save on all three! (and don’t mind the reduced max height or capacity).

Note:  there is an even smaller and cheaper option too, the  Benro TSL08CN00 .

  • One of the lightest
  • One of the most compact
  • Easy to set up and use
  • Very affordable
  • Reduced maximum height (57.1")
  • Hard to get low to the ground (have to reverse column)
  • No monopod options
  • Weight: 2.64 lb / 1.2 kg
  • Maximum Height: 58.5" / 158.6 cm
  • Max load: 8.8 lb / 4 kg

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Tripod

Manfrotto Befree Advanced 4-Section Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod with 494 Center Ball Head, Black

Manfrotto is one of the absolute go-to brands when it comes to travel tripods and their BeFree series of tripods has definitely made a name for them.

In researching the best travel tripod to buy, I, unfortunately, read a few too many complaints about them to consider them in my final selection. However, they are still loved by many, and for good reason.

Their lightweight carbon fiber BeFree is almost ideal in most of the ways you want a tripod to be. It’s relatively light (but not as light as the Gitzo or 3 Legged above) at 3.59 lb (1.63kg), and can extend to a decent height: 59 inches (159cm), but still short of my final choice Brian.

It almost beats the Gitzo in terms of folded length, at 16.1 inches (40.9cm), which is impressive. It uses the same backward folding, twist-lock leg sections that have become quite the standard in tripods, and makes the most sense as it hides the ball head that way, as you can see below.

However, the Manfrotto is missing some of the features that the more intelligently designed tripods seem to have. This includes the ability to remove the center column to get down low – you have to reverse it and hang the camera under the tripod to do that instead.

It also lacks a place to hang your bag or weight in windy conditions and does not convert to a monopod.

However, the 3 part twist lock, quick release leg sections mean it is marginally faster to extend than others. And of course, it has easy to open legs and the usual ball head that can be used at any angle. All things you would expect from a modern tripod.

However, given the price of this travel tripod, some people will be ok with these compromises

  • Super lightweight
  • Decent max extension
  • 3 part leg sections easy to extend
  • Hard to get low to the ground (can't remove center column)
  • No monopod capability (they have another model for that)
  • Nowhere to hang a weight for windy conditions
  • Weight: 3.59 lb / 1.63kg
  • Maximum Height: 59 inches / 159cm
  • Folded Length: 16.1"/ 40.9 cm
  • Max load: 17.6 lb / 8 kg

Benro Travel Angel 2 Series Carbon Fiber (FTA28CV1)

Benro Travel Angel 2 Series Carbon Fiber Tripod w/ V1E Ball Head (FTA28CV1)

Benro’s Slim above is one of the simplest and lightest, but if you want some more height or weight capacity, then you can upgrade to their Travel Angel series. It is not the best in the class of some of the others, but it has solid specifications in all areas, so is a reasonable travel tripod.

Its maximum height is 66.9 inches / 170 cm, which is still not towering, but more than decent for a travel tripod. This also means it weighs a little more at 4 lb / 1.8kg, a compromise for the height and weight capacity of 22lb.

Again, if this is the kind of feature you need, then Brian beats them all and is lighter and more compact. But Benro makes a competitive travel tripod for sure.

This model also has all the features you will love such as the ability to turn it into a monopod, and a place to add weight via the underside of the center column.

Like many of the other travel tripods above, it also features a twist lock, quick-release legs, an easy-to-use ball head, and the standard plate mounting system to help attach your camera with ease.

However, it is just a little shorter than I personally would have liked. That does not mean it’s not a good travel tripod for you though.

  • Fairly light, compact and extendable for a travel tripod
  • Converts to a monopod
  • Can hang weight from the center column
  • Not as high as the Brian
  • A little bit on the heavy side
  • Weight: 4 lb / 1.8kg
  • Maximum Height: 66.9 inches / 170 cm
  • Folded Length: 18.7"/ 47.5 cm

Vanguard VEO 235AB Aluminium

Vanguard VEO 235AB Aluminum Travel Tripod with Ball Head for Sony, Nikon, Canon, Fujifilm Mirrorless, Compact System Camera (CSC), DSLR

Generally, I don’t include Aluminium tripods in this review because they are heavier than the carbon fiber tripod version and that defeats the travel tripod purpose in my humble opinion. However, in this case, the Vanguard is a great low-priced alternative that is also quite light.

Weighing in at 3.3 lb (1.49 kg) it’s still respectable and also extends to a decent enough 58.6 inches (148cm) and collapses to a small enough 15 inches (38cm ).

Where this travel tripod excels is the foldable center column which can be very handy for weird angles and overtop shots of things on the ground. Not something most of us need a lot, but it can be handy to have the option.

It also has retractable spikes in the feet in case you get yourself in some slippery situations, and an adapter if you want to get down low (no need to reverse the center column). There is also the standard ball head that you can use at almost any angle.

In summary, for the weight and size, as well as the low price, this makes a great entry-level option for any traveler with a camera!

  • Very affordable, compact and light
  • Low height adapter instead of center column (for low shots)
  • Max Height is reasonable
  • Folding center column for various angles
  • Retracting spiked feet
  • Max height is a little lacking
  • No monopod option
  • Weight: 3.3 lb / 1.5kg
  • Maximum Height: 57.1 inches / 145 cm
  • Folded Length: 14.9"/ 37.8 cm
  • Max load: 13.2 lb / 6 kg

Sirui W-1204 Carbon Fiber Tripod

Sirui W-1204 4-Section Waterproof Carbon Fiber Tripod, 33.1lbs Capacity, 65' Maximum Height, Gray (6913)

If you plan on taking your travel tripod to some wet places, then the  Sirui waterproof tripod  is perhaps the one for you. It is the only truly waterproof model in this review.

Like most of the tripods in the travel category, it comes with full carbon fiber legs, with easy-to-use twist locks for fast deployment. These locks are also fully waterproof preventing both water and dust from entering the mechanism and the legs themselves. And the leg angle is automatically locked and easy to change.

It is not the lightest tripod around (at 3.7 lb), but it does make up for that with the amount of extension, reaching a height of 70.9 inches, which is certainly impressive.

It is also a reasonably priced travel tripod for what you get, which is always a plus. However, not being as popular or well-known a brand, there might be better options above, that is for sure. I for one love my Three-legged thing!

  • Waterproof and easy to extend legs
  • Very high when fully extended
  • Not as compact as most
  • A little heavy and long for my liking
  • Weight: 3.7 lb / 1.67 kg
  • Maximum Height: 70.9 inches / 180 cm
  • Folded Length: 20. 5 in.
  • Max load: 39 lb / kg18

Peak Design Travel Tripod

best travel tripod lightweight

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is one of the smallest and lightest on the market. After all, Peak Design has been relentlessly focusing on improving camera gear for years.

One of the biggest selling points of this travel tripod is how small it packs down. The leg sections collapse down and fold together in such a way that it resembles a water bottle. So, you can easily slide the Peak Design travel tripod into the bottle holder of any pack.

This travel tripod also comes in two flavors, Aluminum, and Carbon fiber, so you can choose how light you want it, and how much you want to spend to get that weight saving.

Overall, this is an impressively compact travel tripod that is very well designed and comes with premium materials. Just remember to add a ball head to your shopping list.

The biggest downside for some may be the fact that the Peak design travel tripod does not have panning. But, if you can live without that, you are good to go!

SEE THE CARBON VERSION HERE .

  • Insanely compact
  • Two material/weight options
  • All the features you need
  • Panning not an option
  • Minimum height: 14 cm / 5.5 inches
  • Max height: 152.4 cm / 60 inches
  • Weight: Aluminium: 1.56 kg / 3.44 lbs / Carbon fibre: 1.27 kg / 2.81 lbs
  • Max load: 9.1 kg / 20 lbs

Compact Travel Tripods To Consider

I did not want to go into detail on absolutely every tripod on the market. However, there are a few other tripods you might want to consider for various reasons.

The first is the Joby GorillaPod which is super popular because of its extremely lightweight and compactness. However, be careful when considering this tripod as I had a small one and they just cannot realistically handle a large camera at all. So, if you have anything other than a light compact camera, I would not use one.

Another option in this very compact category that is far more capable of handling a larger camera is the Manfrotto PIXI Mini Tripod . As you probably know, Manfrotto is the king when it comes to tripods, however, they have just been facing more competition of late. This mini tripod is worth having in your bag as a backup or for when you just can’t carry a larger tripod around.

What To Look For In A Travel Tripod

The following are what I consider to be the most important things to look for:

Travel Tripod Weight

One of the biggest things you have to deal with when traveling is weight. So, when looking for a travel tripod I usually look at weight as one of the biggest deciders.

Depending on how big (high) the tripod can go and the material it is made from (carbon fiber is lighter in general) the tripod will vary in weight in the 2.5-4 lb range. It’s all a compromise though, as lighter often means more expensive or shorter overall.

Travel Tripod Height

Depending on how you shoot, this can be a deal-breaker or not a big deal at all. Photographers that rely on the viewfinder will want a tripod that comes up to eye level. So, look for a tripod with a maximum height that matches your eye height (which is a little lower than your actual height, so be careful to remember that).

If you have a live-view or mirrorless camera, then this may be less of a problem. Because you can always tilt the screen to see what is going on. However, it does limit you in terms of maneuverability and overall height in terms of seeing over objects and so forth.

However, it is a travel tripod and you have to compromise on something!

Collapsed Length Of A Tripod

A travel tripod will usually have to fit into your backpack, or your suitcase, so just be sure that it can. This means figuring out what the maximum overall size/length can be for your situation. For me, it was important that it was as small as possible, without compromising too much on max. height. That is why I settled on Brian. However, you can get taller, and shorter ones that compromise on other things too.

Materials & Durability

Most of the tripods in this review are carbon fiber. Some are Aluminium. There is little difference in terms of durability, it is just that carbon fiber is more expensive and lighter.

Where you want to pay attention is in the details like the sleeves to open and close the leg sections, the ball head mechanism, and so forth. it is not always easy to know, but if you read the reviews on Amazon, people who have owned them will give you lots of clues about quality and materials.

Special Features

Most of the travel tripods have the same features like a ball head, collapsable legs with twist locks, and so on. However, there are a few things extra you might want to have.

The first is a monopod which is made using the center column, that is fully removable. Another is to consider how the plate is mounted and where the bubble levels are. This can have a huge effect on usability.

Travel Tripod Price

The cheapest travel tripods in this review are around the $100 mark. However, they are not the best in terms of build quality, materials, and features. Similarly, the most expensive, the Gitzo Traveler is nearly $1000, and for most people not worth the money.

  • Carbon exact tubes; reverse-folding legs
  • Traveler G-Lock leg lock system

However, if you are just starting out, then something like the Benro Slim is a great option in terms of size, weight, and features. Then if you really want to upgrade, you can in the future.

  • Befree Advanced Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod - 494 Center Ball Head (MH494-BH) - Quick Release Plate (200PL-PRO) - Padded Tripod Bag - Manfrotto 10 Year Limited Warranty (6 Month + 9 Year & 6 Month Extension with Online Registration)
  • Advanced Travel Tripod kit Carbon

If you want something a little better, the Brian or the Manfrotto or BeFree are better bets.

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey Magnesium Alloy Ultra-Compact Travel Tripod - Adjustable, Multi-use Camera Tripod with Detachable Monopod Leg

  • Meet Corey, our most compact entry-level Punks tripod brought to you by 3 Legged Thing. This lightweight, ultra-compact system is made with durable, aircraft grade magnesium alloy and features a wealth of practical elements to make your shoot smooth and simple - the perfect travel companion!
  • Extending from 10cm up to 1.5m, Corey offers a wide range of working heights, folding down to just 34cm and weighing only 1.5kg, making it the ultimate companion for photographers on the go. Despite its compact size, it can support up to 14kg - 9 times its own weight!
  • Overview Guide
  • 1 Week Itinerary
  • Train Journeys
  • Epic Drives
  • Stunning Lakes
  • Historic Castles
  • Lauterbrunnen
  • Grindelwald
  • Chocolate Tours
  • Swiss National Park
  • Majestic Mountains
  • Spectacular Waterfalls
  • Famous Things
  • Tasty Fondue
  • 10 Day Itinerary
  • Cherry Blossoms
  • Tokyo Shrines
  • Dos and Don’ts
  • Osaka Guide
  • Osaka Itinerary
  • Osaka or Kyoto
  • Kyoto Day Trips
  • Matsumoto Castle
  • Tokyo Luxury Hotels
  • Island Hopping
  • Best Campsites
  • Driving Tips
  • Beaune, France
  • Barcelona Itinerary
  • Spain Itinerary
  • Greece Itinerary
  • Italy Road Trips
  • Berlin Day Trips
  • Norway Northern Lights
  • Netherlands National Parks
  • Mostar, Bosnia
  • Best Airlines
  • Midwest Ski Resorts
  • Florida RV Parks
  • Washington RV Parks
  • Oregon RV Parks
  • Utah Camping
  • Texas Camping
  • Chicago National Parks
  • East Coast National Parks
  • Colorado National Parks
  • Joshua Tree
  • Yellowstone
  • Alberta Hikes
  • Flashlights
  • Water Filters
  • Sleeping Pads
  • Solar Lanterns
  • Tent Brands
  • 4-Person Tents
  • 4 Seasons Tents
  • Backpacking Tents
  • Beach Tents
  • Cabin Tents
  • Multi-room Tents
  • Pop-up Tents
  • Truck Bed Tents
  • Underwear (Men)
  • Backpacks Under $100
  • Microspikes
  • Boonie Hats
  • In The World
  • New Zealand
  • Hardisde Luggage
  • Lightweight Luggage
  • Luggage Sets
  • Spinner Luggage
  • Durable Suitcases
  • Duffel Bags
  • Kids Luggage
  • Teen Luggage
  • Space Saving Luggage
  • Business Carry-Ons
  • Garment Carry-Ons
  • Suitcases Under $50
  • Travel Briefcase
  • Zipperless Suitcases
  • Rolling Briefcase
  • Luggage Straps
  • Luxury Brands
  • American Tourister
  • AmazonBasics
  • Delsey Chatelet
  • Anti-Theft Backpacks
  • Backpacks Under $50
  • Baby Carrier Backpacks
  • Cooler Backpacks
  • Backpacking Backpacks
  • Climbing Backpacks
  • Backpacks for Back Pain
  • Beach Backpacks
  • Hiking Backpacks
  • Business Travel Backpacks
  • Laptop Backpacks
  • Backpacks for Tablets
  • Commuter Backpacks
  • Travel Backpacks (Men)
  • Travel Backpacks (Women)
  • Waterproof Backpacks
  • Wheeled Backpacks
  • Down Jackets
  • Down Parkas
  • Fleece Jackets
  • Hardshell Jackets
  • Rain Jackets
  • Softshell Jackets
  • Eco Friendly Jackets
  • Gore Tex Alternatives
  • Heated Jackets
  • Lightweight Jackets
  • 3-in-1 Waterproof Jackets
  • Parajumper Jackets
  • Rain Poncho
  • Ski Jackets
  • Travel Hoodies
  • Travel Jackets
  • Winter Coats
  • Helly Hansen
  • Mammut Jackets
  • Patagonia Nanopuff
  • Survival Jackets
  • Flower Captions
  • Waterfall Captions
  • Tree Captions
  • Sunset Captions
  • Sunflower Captions
  • Rainbow Captions
  • Paddle Boarding Captions
  • Hot Air Balloon Captions
  • Kayaking Captions
  • Airplane Captions For Instagram
  • Forest Captions
  • Skip to main content

Additional menu

Best Travel Tripods for Photographers 2024 (Portable & Lightweight)

Last Updated on April 7, 2024

Clicks may earn a commission, which supports testing.  Disclosure

TLDR: The new Peak Design Travel Tripod is the Best Travel Tripod in 2024

CHECK THE GUARANTEED BEST PRICE

Travel tripod by peak design

Most travel cameras these days come with many advanced features and tools. These features also include some image stabilization techniques. Be it digital image stabilization, sensor-based image stabilization, or optical lens stabilization. This has changed how people capture images now. It has up to some extent eliminated the unstable due to shaky hands. The resulting pictures or videos are much more stable now.

So this begs the question, are tripods really necessary?

Well, there’s only so much technology can go. Even though you might get away without having to use a tripod, you won’t be able to capture professional photos. In fact a tripod, among other things, can be the difference between an average looking picture and a sharp and professional-looking picture. And let’s not forget how hard it would be to capture landscape photos and timelapse without a Tripod. So yes, like it or not, a tripod still plays a significant role in photography. But we aren’t talking about just any normal traffic. Instead we are more focussed on Travel Tripods i.e tripods that have been optimized for easy carrying during travel.

Table of Contents

Reasons to use a Travel Tripod

Even though all travel tripods are tripods themselves, there’s some difference between the two. I mean there are a few constraints we have to work within the case of travel tripods.

First of all they need to have a compact size and also be lightweight. This is because they are supposed to carry along during traveling. It makes it easier to carry and pack in this way.

Secondly, since they will be smaller than normal tripods, they won’t be as functional. It is considered that the more heavier a tripod is the more stable and steadier it makes the camera. However, this also makes it harder to carry it around because of it being bigger and heavier. So it’s important to strike a good balance between both these. And this is what most good travel tripods do.

In theory, every tripod can be a travel tripod. You just have to find some way to carry it along. It might be inconvenient but it can surely be done. But for those looking for convenience, a travel tripod is the way to go. They are much smaller and lightweight. They have a compact form-factor and can be easily folded to fit in some travel backpacks .

But the caveat is, they won’t have the same height and will not bring that much stability with it. One can live with these limitations, especially considering the convenience they are getting with travel tripods. Still if you are someone who can’t have these compromises, there are a few backpacks you can opt for that let you carry full-fledged tripods. However, for this article we will be sticking with the best Travel Tripods. But before we get to that part, let’s see what are the factors that a travel tripod should have.

Things to consider while buying a Travel Tripod

There are a few factors that are associated with travel tripods. One should take these factors into consideration before buying a travel tripod. The ideal travel tripod should perform well with respect to all these factors. These are the build quality, the height, foldability, and the weight of the tripod. Let us learn a little about them in detail.

  • Build Quality: Since you will be carrying the tripod around the globe along with you, a travel tripod should have good build quality. You are bound to come across scenarios where there might be a risk of damaging the tripods. Having a tripod made of high-quality materials will ensure that it sustains all these factors. For this, the tripod should be made of Aluminum and carbon fiber. They are very durable and hence are the most common materials you will find in most travel tripods. Having Carbon fiber will give it additional rigidity as the fiber is stronger, lighter than others. However, having carbon fiber would also mean that the tripod will have a higher price.
  • Height: As we discussed earlier, travel tripods can’t have the same height as normal tripods. This is because of the size restrictions that are associated with travel tripods. So a travel tripod should try and be as close as possible while still being able to not break the restrictions. Along with the maximum height up to which the tripod can extend, the tripod extends, the minimum height of the tripod should also be considered. Having a smaller tripod might restrict you in some ways but the bright side is that it is lightweight and portable.
  • Foldability: Some tripods can be folded into a much more compact form factor. This allows you to have slightly larger tripods. This means that you can have somewhat large tripods while still being able to store it in your backpack. So while considering a travel tripod, you must consider how much it can fold and whether it can fit in your backpack. You might get a less stable and steady tripod but it will be easy to carry.
  • Weight: A Tripod isn’t the only thing we carry while travelling and things can get heavy at some point. In fact, the camera gears themself weigh a lot on their own. Not to forget your other accessories and even your clothes and laptops. All this will have already made your bag heavy. So if you have a heavy tripod on top of these, then it might be very difficult for you to carry your bag around. So you would want to have a tripod that isn’t that heavy. It might get expensive, but you will get extra comfort in return.

There are a few other factors as well like the tripod being more durable and sturdy in build. Other factors like the number of sections and leg locks also count in these. But these factors are more related to normal tripods and not travel tripods. So now that we have gone through most things that one should know about travel tripods before buying one, let’s take a look at the best travel tripods you can buy in 2024.

Best Travel Tripods 2024

1. peak design travel tripod.

Peak Design Travel Tripod

Check The Current Best Price

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is the first tripod in our list of best travel tripods. It is also our “Editor’s Pick”. The Travel Tripod has an innovative design with a rigid build and great performance. With this you get pro-level stability along with high load capacity. The tripod can load up to 20lb weight capacity. This makes it completely optimized for a full-frame DSLR and a telephoto lens as well at the same time. You can position your camera inches off the ground using the low and inverted modes. The tripod comes with non-slip, shock-absorbing feet, and an integrated load hanging hook as well. With this you get very solid stability and vibration dampening. The tripod is designed for lightning-fast deployment.

Storage space

This means that its unique design allows you to set the tripod up very quickly and easily. You can also pack it back at the same speed. The tripod also has an ergonomic camera quick release that is secure and fast. The leg cams are low profile and have Fast-locking capabilities. You don’t have to flip over the legs in order to deploy it.

The Ball Head on the Travel Tripod is very ergonomic and compact. It is omnidirectional i.e you can rotate it ultra-smoothly in every direction. You don’t get a lot of knobs in it. It’s very simple. Just a single adjustment ring. There are no protruding knobs. That’s it. The locking ring is very simple but will give you complete security. There are also a few anchor points on the tripod.

These are for the Peak Design straps. You can use these to carry your tripod externally if you have a Peak Design backpack . This will keep it secure. In order to store your phone, there is a mobile mount on the tripod. This built-in mount is a stowable mobile mount and can securely grip almost every phone.

Carbon fiber vs aluminum

The Peak Design Travel Tripod is made up of impact-resistant and waterproof materials. This makes the tripod very durable. You can carry it with you to anywhere, even in sloped hills. It can easily sustain all those situations and last a time. In case you need to do some clean up of damage recovery, you will be glad to know that all the parts are replaceable. They are also serviceable and cleanable. So you don’t need to worry about anything. Tripod is also equipped with an extra padded waterproof case. This keeps the tripod protected.

What Reddit Things About this Travel Tripod:

u/sryiwasdaydreaming – I have the aluminum peak travel tripod and love it. It’s definitely a tad expensive though. I like the size and ergonomics of it. I saved up and splurged on it because I couldn’t find any others I liked

u/removed  – I have the carbon fiber one and it’s the best tripod I’ve used.

u/shooterntx  – I have had the Peak Aluminum Travel Tripod ($349) since release. It’s been a light and sturdy tripod for everything I’ve thrown at it including some Astro. Love the innovation shown in the head. It goes everywhere I go.

  • Rigid and Durable
  • Can fit in most bags after folding
  • Innovative design
  • Hex key and smartphone clip Storage
  • Reversible center column for low-angle shots
  • Not that tall
  • A hex key is required for quick release
  • Ball head design is Unusual

2. Benro FGP18A SystemGo Plus Travel Aluminium Tripod

Benro FGP18A SystemGo Plus Travel Aluminium Tripod

The Benro FGP18A Go Plus Travel tripod comes with a versatile center column. Constructed from aluminum tubing with machined aluminum and magnesium alloy components, the FGP18A Go Plus has the compactness of a travel tripod. It has a foldable travel design which makes it a very compact tripod that is easy to travel with. The center column of the tripod is wrapped around by reverse folding legs that are combined together. This makes up to be a more compact unit.

So the tripod is easier to carry around. The versatile center column of the tripod is removable. This means that it can rotate in a 180-degree arc by removing it from its vertical position, which is its standard position. Once you get a desirable position you can lock it at that particular point. Hence you can adjust the setting and get the perfect angle for low-level macro photography. The three-position leg also helps this case.

The tripod is also equipped with a built-in monopod that supports your still cameras, video cameras, and other accessories. The monopod gives your camera the required precision for it to function effectively. It also ensures that you get an incredible degree of stability which is perfect for capturing images and videos. The Integrated Monopod lets you detach a leg which then turns into a monopod. The leg locks of the tripod are easy to use and twist around. The tripod also has a screw-in rubber & stainless spiked feet. Finally, there’s also an extra padded tripod carry case so that it remains protected.

With a 180 Degree rotating center column you get a lot of possible camera positions. From vertical and horizontal positions to inverted positions, you get them all. The rotating center column brings in a lot of possibilities when it comes to camera positions. You also get improved stability and faster deployment thanks to the quick leg lock system. It also provides some dust resistance to the tripod. The Benro Go Plus is a modular tripod which means that it supports a lot of other accessories and connectors. This helps create the perfect support system anywhere. For instance, the SystemGo accessories compatibility means that the tripod can be turned into a portable workstation. So, no matter where you are, you can have a workspace for yourself thanks to the modularity of the Benro GoPlus.

  • Monopod option
  • 180 Degree rotating center column
  • Modular i.e can attach other accessories
  • Padded Tripod carry case
  • Robust design
  • Can be folded into a compact form
  • Constructed from aluminum and magnesium alloy components
  • Partially Dust resistant
  • Carbon version is double the price
  • Max Height is a little low

3. Gitzo GK1545T-82TQD Series 1 Traveler Kit

Gitzo GK1545T-82TQD Series 1 Traveler Kit

The GK1545T-82TQD is part of the Gitzo Traveler kit. The kit consists of the GT1545T Tripod and the GH1382TQD Center Ball Head. The Gitzo GT1545T tripod is a carbon fiber tripod. The GT1545T is an ultra-compact, 4-section tripod. It also features the Gitzo pioneered 180° leg folding system. The legs can be reverse-folded around the center column and the head. So it can be folded down to 42.5 cm and made even more compact. The tripod can be adjusted to be perfect for macro shots.

You can do that by spreading the leg angles and insert the included short center column which results in more efficient use of the folded space. You get a lightweight tripod when carrying it around and the extra height and stability during shoots. You get the perfect balance between both.

The legs of the GK1545T-82TQD are constructed with Carbon eXact tubing. They have a slimmer size and are very stiff and strong. They can support the heaviest of the cameras. The ”Traveler G-lock’ featured in the tripod is very compact and helps in using the space more efficiently. The G-Lock also ensures that you get the required security in a much more compact form factor. The GK1545T is equipped with compact and removable rubber feet.

So if for some reason you need to change the feet, you can easily remove and change it. There’s also a shoulder strap included with the tripod. This helps you in carrying it around comfortably. The Traveler G-lock also makes the tripod much taller than its predecessor. So along with “ultimate smoothness and precision of movement”, you also get a very secure locking mechanism.

The Traveller Kit also comes with the GH1382TQD Center Ball Head. It is a very slim tripod head constructed from “high-quality, high-resistance steel and aluminum components.” The head features an independent pan lock instead of featuring the friction control knob. Having an independent pan lock means that you get a very “ uncompromising ball smoothness”. The head has a WS2 coating which makes sure that there are no compromises in the smoothness and hardness of the external and internal components. Third-party head mounts can be attached to the upper disc of the tripod. But for that you will have to remove the GH1382TQD head. While it can be easily removed, having the GH1382TQD head would mean better fitting of the head between the folded legs. This is because it has been made specifically for that. There’s also an Arca-Swiss compatible plate (GS5370SD) supplied with the head. This is compatible with all the D profile plates made by Gitzo as well as Arca-Swiss style plates made by other brands.

In order to assist the user in keeping a straight horizon, a bubble level is used. A screw-knob is used to keep the quick-release plate locked in its place. However, there’s no friction control knob on it. What you get is “ a perfectly balanced and versatile tripod head” like all the other Gitzo Center Ball Head. The tripod has strong but light carbon fiber legs and can support up to 22lbs load. The maximum height of the tripod is 64.37 inches. It can be reduced to 55.31 inches with its Center Column Down while the Closed Length 16.73 inches. It is recommended to be used with 135mm lenses and the maximum it can go is 200mm.

  • Interchangeable Head
  • Lightweight
  • Good Balance and Stability
  • High load capacity
  • No bag included

4. Sirui T1205X 5-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod

Sirui T1205X 5-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod

The Sirui T-1205X is a 5-Section Carbon Fiber Tripod that is perfect for taking along with you while traveling. It is a very lightweight and compact tripod. It can be extended up to a maximum height of 51.4″ when required. You can also fold it down to a mere 13.4″ once you are done. This makes it easy to fit it in and easy carry around. The tripod weighs about only 1.8 lb which makes it even more travel friendly. Coming to load capacity, the forged aluminum chassis construction and relatively thick upper leg sections make sure the T-1205X can support loads up to 22 lb.

The complete package of the tripod is very compact and lightweight. You can easily fit it in most common backpacks very comfortably. You can fold its legs upward and bring it down to only 13.4″ which is very close-packed. This won’t get extended much even after attaching a head to the tripod. This is because most additional head mounts won’t surpass the height of legs that extend past them. Combine all these with the lightweight of the tripod and you get the perfect travel tripod. The legs of the Sirui T1205X are composed of 8x carbon fiber. This makes it ideal to use with most head mounts and almost any type of camera. This includes cameras like point & shoot cameras, camcorders, 35mm cameras, DSLR, etc.

The Sirui T-1205X is equipped with a short center column. The center column is also reversible. This enables you to set it up for low-angle shooting as well as macro photography. You can take the camera really close to the ground thanks to the reversible center column. You can go as slow as 5.1″ from the ground which is really impressive. This is with the short center column installed and its legs set at a wide-angle. They can be up to 80° wide. The chassis of the tripod is constructed from forged aluminum. Because of the forging you get a much more compact metal which makes the metal grains more consistent and continuous by enhancing their integrity. So compared to tripod chassis cast by the traditional casting process, you get much more durable components. This translates to better performance and long-lasting life. The corrosion & wear resistance of the tripod has been improved by “an anodizing surface treatment that increases the thickness of the natural oxide layer on the surface of metal parts.” This also increases the surface hardness and enhances color durability as well.

The Sirui T-1205X also comes with Silicone twist locks. It has an Anti-leg rotation system. Having this makes it much easier and faster to set up the tripod in an instant. There’s also an automatic-leg angle lock mechanism that gives you speed and convenience. You can independently lock the legs into place at two different angles. The short center column means that you can reach lower positions down to 5.1″ from the ground. There is a Leg warmer on one of the legs. This warmer helps protect the legs of the tripod and also makes it easier to handle in extreme weather conditions. You can add a ballast to the center column hook which will give you a hefty setup in windy conditions. The tripod includes a padded travel bag that has a sturdy shoulder strap which makes it easier to carry along.

  • Sturdy Build
  • Anti-leg rotation system
  • Leg warmer on one leg
  • Includes a travel bag with a sturdy shoulder strap
  • 5 section legs
  • Ball head not included
  • Too lightweight for use in windy conditions

5. Vanguard ALTA PRO 263AB 100 Aluminum Tripod

Vanguard ALTA PRO 263AB 100 Aluminum Tripod

The Vanguard ALTA PRO 263AB 100 is an Aluminum Tripod. It comes with a Magnesium Alloy BallHead. The SBH-100 Ballhead is supposed to provide stability and durability to the tripod and make it a reliable tripod. There are three different settings that the aluminum alloy legs of the legs can be set to. These settings are at an angle of 25°, 50°, and 80°. The tripod can be extended up to 5.67′ (1.73 m) height and also be collapsed down to 28.125 (71.5 cm). The tripod is lightweight and weighs about 5.38 lbs (2.44 kg). The ALTA PRO 263AB 100 is rated to support up to 15.4 lbs (7 kg) of weight.

The tripod features a Multi-Angle Central Column (MACC) system. Using this system you can move the central column from multiple angles. The central column has a Hexagonal shape and can move from 0 to 180 degrees. With the capability of going from 0° to 180°, the tripod lets you achieve different positions, be it vertical or horizontal. This makes extreme low-angle photography possible. So you can easily take wide-angle shots and macro-photography by adjusting the angle from 0° to 180°. There’s also an Instant Swivel Stop-n-Lock (ISSL) system. This system helps in repositioning the central column securely and quickly with minimal movements. So you can reposition the central column very easily in just a few seconds, and also manage to keep the tripod stable, thanks to the Multi-Angle Central Column (MACC) system.

The Vanguard ALTA PRO 263AB comes with a few other features as well. One of the more prominent of these is the magnesium die-cast canopy that is present in the tripod. This canopy features a bubble level to provide more accuracy. Other than providing accuracy the bubble level also assists the photographer in keeping a straight horizon. The legs of the tripod have quick-flip leg locks that let you securely lock it quickly. The tripod also has non-slip, spiked rubber feet so that it can be used in multiple terrains. The spikes on the feet are retractable. There’s also a removable hook that you can use to hang your other camera accessories. The anti-shock ring gives you advanced camera vibration and shock control. The easy-release buttons let you quickly set-up the tripod. All of the legs are equipped with all-weather foam grips. The Carbon fiber units also feature twist locks.

The Vanguard Alta Pro 263AB also comes along with the SBH-100 Ball Head. This SBH-100 features a precision-cut ball head and is constructed from lightweight magnesium alloy which makes it durable. The SBH-100 Ball Head is very smooth, like a fluid. The ball head can be rotated 360 degrees. It also includes a quick-release plate and two bubble levels. There’s also a fine-tuning function that you can play with. The bubble level assists the photographer in keeping a straight horizon and also provides more accuracy. The combination of all this gives the tripod increased stability and extra loading capacity, which makes it perfect for accompanying you when you are traveling.

  • Quick to set up
  • Quick-flip leg locks and rubber feet with retractable spikes
  • Premium magnesium die-cast canopy
  • Includes a Carrying case
  • Center column can’t be retracted
  • Ball head could have been better
  • No 3-Way Head

Bottom Line – Found your next travel tripod?

Travel tripods aren’t like any other tripods. There are a few restrictions that come with it. They are required to have a compact size and be lightweight as well. While these restrictions make it easier to carry and pack the tripod, it hinders the functionality of a tripod up to some extent. This is why travel tripods need to strike a good balance between both these things.

The tripods we listed have all managed to do this perfectly. Sure, there may be a few caveats but you will hardly miss your regular tripod. So, if you are on the lookout for a travel tripod, then any of these can more than serve your purpose. But if you were to ask me, I would opt for the Peak Design Travel Tripod. But that’s just my opinion and you are free to choose any of this. None of these tripods will disappoint you.

Mobile ready

About Jeremy Noronha

Hey! I’m Jeremy Noronha and I’m a online marketer and full time traveler.

I’ve been living out of a single backpack traveling the world since early 2016. I used to work as Technical SEO Consultant (Former Head of SEO at Foundr.com) and travel blogger.

I now blog on JeremyNoronha.com writing about whatever is on my mind 😁

Reader Interactions

Leave a reply cancel reply.

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

The 10 Best Travel Tripods Of 2023

Tripods used to be bulkier and heavier once upon a time and photographers had to carry these heavy accessories during their travels and it made the whole process a bit stressful. Travel tripods were made to make this process easier, so they can be carried in a backpack, without spending too much energy. They also do not take up much space since they can be folded into small bags.

Travel tripods are required mostly when you are travelling for landscape and astrophotography. They can also be great accessories when families and friends want to capture group photos and the photographer needs to be in the frame. They are also good for solo travellers who want their self portraits taken in outdoor locations where they travel.

If you are planning to buy a travel tripod, check a few factors before making the decision.

  • Weight And Portability: You are purchasing a travel tripod because you wish to carry it around when travelling without much hassle. They also need to fit on a backpack or a camera bag that you will be carrying. So check for ones that are lightweight and foldable or collapsible to smaller sizes, so it is easier to carry along during your travels.
  • Maximum Load Capacity: Some tripods can be too light and flimsy that they can get knocked over easily or blown over by a small wind. Besides, they may not be able to hold the weight of the camera-lens combination that you carry along. You need to check the specifications to see if the tripod can carry the camera and lens combination that you wish to carry along during your travels.
  • Height: The tripod needs to help the photographer capture a scene from any angle or perspective they wish to. It could be a high one or a very low one. Each tripod comes with specifications or features that may be slightly or a lot different from the other. Check how tall the tripod can be extended or how low it can be collapsed to get the required shots.
  • Material: Tripods become heavier or lighter based on the material used to manufacture them. Older tripods used to be made of steel or aluminium and they were quite heavy to carry around. Travel tripods and other bigger traditional tripods are now made with carbon fiber and this makes them quite light and easy to carry around.
  • Stability: A tripod needs to be stable in any terrain and weather conditions. A lot of the remote locations can be quite windy and nights can especially be windier than the days in certain locations. Research about your tripod and purchase one that has features to keep it stable in all conditions.
  • B udget: If you have a set amount that you are looking to spend on a tripod, check for tripods that have satisfactory features based on the above suggestions and then look for one that suits your budget.
  • Additional Features: Since mobile photography has become very popular in the recent years, some tripod manufacturers add some accessories along with their tripods like a mobile holder, etc. Some tripods have the feature to use them as a monopod. If you are someone who would be interested in any of these features, check these before making a purchase.

Pro Tip: Even if you use a tripod for stability, there are times when camera shakes can be induced when releasing the shutter button. It is good practice to use a remote or cable release to eliminate camera shake and capture sharp images.

travel tripod golden hour best budget camera for wildlife photography

Some of the most popular brands of tripod, known for their quality and reliability are:

  • Joby (known for flexible and compact tripods)
  • Peak Design (known for innovative tripod designs)

Check out this video by pro photographer David Manning to learn more about the most popular travel tripods as of now:

Here are some of the 10 best travel tripods that you can check out on Amazon.

This is a list of prices you should check out immediately and see which one is in live with your budget:

Best Travel Tripods In 2023

K&f concept 64 inch/163cm carbon fiber camera tripod.

k&f concept carbon fiber camera tripod best budget cameras for wildlife photography

This is a lightweight, and affordable tripod made of carbon fiber. It weighs only 1.14kg, which is perfect for travel photographers to carry around. Here are its main features:

  • The Ball Head can be rotated to any angle you want and this helps to use your camera without any problem for unique perspective shots.
  • The tripod can be extended to a height of about 162cm and can be folded to about 41cm. This makes it a very compact and portable tripod for travel photographers.
  • This tripod is well built and can be used with most cameras in the market. However they may be a bit shaky when extended to the longest end.

5.0 out of 5 stars  Heavy, but sturdy Reviewed in the United States on September 7, 2023

Overall it is a great tripod and would recommend it. This is my second purchase of this brand and this time around it seems the legs were stuck. Two of the three legs required me to forcibly extend the sections. It was like the tightening part was stuck to the portion below, not allowing the leg to extend. Once I pulled out the whole section, moved the tightening ring up, it worked fine.

Manfrotto Befree Advanced Twist Camera Tripod Kit

manfrotto befree advanced twist camera tripod kit best budget wildlife lens

This tripod is most commonly used by many photographers who travel a lot because of its neat, compact design and portability. The tripod is very easy to set up and has a maximum height of 59 inches, a minimum height of 16 inches and weighing about 1.6 kg.

  • This tripod is travel friendly and popular for its build, portability and stability and can be carried easily in your backpack.
  • It is made of high quality materials and is available to choose from a few lock models.
  • Although the tripod is lightweight, it has a central column that has the facility to hang something heavy to keep it stable in windy conditions.
  • This tripod may not be a good choice if you wish to use a large camera and a telephoto lens.
  • It is quite expensive compared to similar tripods in the market.

5.0 out of 5 stars  Perfect Reviewed in the United States on August 10, 2023

It’s perfect for carrying when out for the day shooting photos. The carrying bag makes it easy to haul around and has a great look to it. I put a Pentax 6×7 with 135 mm lens on it and it held up nicely. It is one of their thinner smaller models so keep that in mind when shopping. I think the 6×7 and lens was pushing the envelope.

Zomei Z699C Carbon Fiber Portable Tripod

This is a budget-friendly tripod that is very lightweight and portable. This tripod can be converted into a monopod when required.

zomei Z699C carbon fiber portable tripod budget lens for wildlife photography

  • It is a very affordable tripod for any photographer on a budget
  • Since the tripod has a ball head, it helps to move the camera to to any required angles.
  • Instead of the traditional clips and other lock mechanisms in tripods, this comes with a twist lock feature that makes it easier to setup when out in location.
  • This tripod has a unique feature of adjusting leg angles and so is a great choice for anyone interested in taking shots from unusual perspective and angles.
  • You cannot use this tripod for very low angle shots because the central column cannot be inverted for this purpose.
  • It is not very stable in windy situations.
  • Some reviews found online suggest that the quick release plate may not be compatible with some camera models or may not securely hold the camera.

4.0 out of 5 stars  Solid tripod Reviewed in the United States on June 20, 2023

It’s pretty solid for its price point, there are a few things that could be better, but it’s been mostly easy to use, and meets my current needs. It’s a bit more hefty than i expected, so it’s a little bit heavy when backpacking, but it holds up good so far in less than ideal conditions.

Peak Design Travel Tripod

peak design travel tripod digital camera tripod reviews

This tripod is known for its compact nature and design to suit photographers who travel a lot.

  • It can be folded to a very small size, making it highly portable. It can fit easily into a ackpack or a travel bag.
  • This tripod can hold some amount of heavy gear like DSLRs and telephoto lenses.
  • Since the legs have multiple columns, the size can be adjusted to the desired value based on the angle, perspective and type of shot.
  • The center column is can be inverted to capture some low angle shots or to capture subjects at ground level.
  • This brand is quite expensive compared to similar tripods, but the features make it worth the price.
  • The leg locks in this model seem to be a bit difficult to use compared to traditional flip locks or the twist locks.
  • The tripod comes with a ball head, which is common in most recent tripods. As a result, there is no panning base which can be a bit difficult for photographers who capture a lot of video footage and panoramas.
  • The tripod is very lightweight and can be a bt shaky in windy conditions.

5.0 out of 5 stars  As good as advertised Reviewed in the United States on August 8, 2023

After reading lots of reviews I decided to buy the aluminum version as carbon fiber alternative was too expensive. After 3 weeks of use, I am very happy with this tripod. My older and cheaper tripod was just not stable with heavy lenses. Peak tripod is solid, steady and easy! 

SmallRig 71 Inch Camera Tripod

best travel tripod lightweight

This brand of tripod is quite affordable for anyone who has some hesitation to invest in an expensive tripod. It also can be converted into a monopod whenever necessary and this makes it a very portable accessory for hikers and travellers.

  • Since this tripod is affordable, it is a great choice for anyone who travels a lot for landscape and other photography that require a tripod.
  • It comes with attachments that allow the user to customise the tripod and use various mounts for devices other than a camera.
  • These tripods have capacity to hold moderately heavy camera and lens combinations.
  • The tripod is quite basic and is not easily available in the market all the time.

4.0 out of 5 stars  4-star overall, but 5-star value Reviewed in the United States on July 7, 2023

It's not perfect, but it's so much better than anything I've used within 3x its price that's it's easily a 5-star value. It's my main home-studio tripod now. The things that aren't perfect are mainly down to how well the adjustments hold. I have to tighten the center pole really tight to keep it from slipping, and the ball head just doesn't hold perfectly at all. I have to aim my camera several degrees above where I want it before tightening down.

Benro Rhino Series FRHN24C

benro rhino series FRHN24C wedding photography

This is a Carbon Fiber Tripod with a sturdy build and design. They are designed to carry heavy camera and lens and are very portable, even if they cannot be folded to a very small size.

  • The tripod legs allow to adjust the angles to get shots from unique angles and levels.
  • The flip lock mechanism on the tripod legs allow the users to set and fold the tripod easily when in the field.
  • The center column comes with a hook to hang something heavy for stability during windy situations.
  • This tripod is slightly more expensive compared to other tripods.
  • It is heavier compared to similar tripods.
  • It is not too compact once folded and is not recommended for longer travels.

5.0 out of 5 stars  Excellent qualit Reviewed in the United States on June 8, 2021

Beautifully machined parts and extremely high quality materials. Won’t hold up in heavy winds but is perfect for 90% of what I need it for.

Vanguard VEO3T235CBP Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod

vanguard VEO3T235CBP carbon fiber travel tripod wedding photographer

This Carbon Fiber Tripod is one of the best in terms of portability and the feature that it can be converted to a monopod. The bubble level helps to keep the horizons straight in the frame and there are additional threads if you wish to mount more accessories besides a camera.

  • The tripod is made of carbon fiber material which makes it lightweight.
  • The legs are sturdy even in windy conditions.
  • The heights, angles and perspectives can be adjusted to get interesting shots.
  • The ball head helps to mount the camera in various angles and orientations.
  • Slightly expensive compared to other lightweight tripods.
  • The twist lock design may not be practical for some photographers who prefer flip lock mechanism.

5.0 out of 5 stars  Update: Vanguard fixed the Missing leg extensions Reviewed in the United States on June 18, 2023

UPDATED REVIEW: After contacting Vanguard on the missing extensions. The company sent me a mailing label and I shipped the defective unit back. Vanguard sent me a replacement. All of this was done in under 7 days. Their service team was extremely helpful and communicative. The replacement is perfect. Exactly what I ordered. Hat tip to Vanguard for their customer service. I am updating my review from 1 star to 5 ⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️⭐️. I’m very happy to have a company standby their product.

JOBY GorillaPod 3K Pro Kit

JOBY gorillapod 3K pro kit wedding photos

The JOBY GorillaPod is a popular mini tripod and is known for its flexible legs and compact design. The legs can be twisted and wound around things like poles, tree branches, etc. The gorillapod is not recommended for DSLRs, however a mirrorless camera with a lens that has a combined weight of up to 3 kg is supported. Here are some of its key features:

  • The legs are flexible and can be wrapped around objects and bent into various shapes. This allows the gorillapod to be used anywhere even if the surfaces are not quite right or if you need to put the camera high up or very low on the ground. Otherwise it can be used as a traditional tripod.
  • It comes with a quick release plate that allows to quickly attach and detach your camera.
  • The gorillapod material is made of rubber rings and grips which help the gorillapod to be attached to surfaces securely without slipping.
  • The gorillapod's legs cannot be extended, but can be bent to achieve different heights.
  • The gorillapod can easily fit into a camera bag, making it very portable. It is also very lightweight.
  • The weight a gorillapod can hold is quite limited and it is most suitable for smaller cameras with a small lens.
  • You cannot extend the legs to achieve heights, but the gorillapod can be kept on walls or wrapped around branches and other structures securely if possible to get the desired heights.
  • It is not very sturdy in windy situations.
  • Adjusting the legs to get to certain angles may take time and requires some patience.
  • Limited Load Capacity For Accessories: While the tripod may have attachment points for accessories, the weight limit for these attachments can be relatively low, limiting your options for adding gear.

5.0 out of 5 stars  Awesome tripod Reviewed in the United States on August 12, 2023

For years I’ve avoided these tripods because I think they look gangly and stupid, but I finally tried one and wow, I absolutely love it. It holds a lot of weight, in fact, I screwed off the top and discovered the screw set is the same size as a monitor bracket, and I use the tripod as a stand for my Rodecaster Pro podcast board. This tripod is so versatile I ordered a second. My primary use for the second is for a small video projector.

GEEKOTO 77 Inch Tripod

GEEKOTO 77 inch tripod fine art photography

This is an affordable tripod designed with both photography and videography in mind. The tripod legs can be adjusted to different angles in each level and hence can be used efficiently in rugged terrains and sloped surfaces. Since it also can be collapsed to a smaller size, it is perfect for photographers who travel a lot.

  • The tripod can be extended to a maximum height of 77 inches and is a great choice to capture high angle and perspective shots.
  • The center column can be adjusted or reversed to use the tripod at really low perspectives.
  • The angles for each section can be adjusted and this makes the tripod a very versatile on to use in tough terrains.
  • The tripod has one detachable leg that can be used as a monopod.
  • The price is quite affordable, making it a good choice for photographers on a budget.
  • The weight is slightly more compared to similar lightweight tripods.
  • The size of the tripod is not too compact when folded completely.
  • The tripod may be slightly shaky is very windy conditions.

5.0 out of 5 stars  Spiderman knows tripods! Reviewed in the United States on August 12, 2023

Honestly, I only bought this tripod because Spiderman is holding it in the picture! But it turned out to be an excellent tripod! Compact, sturdy and very lightweight. The controls on the head don't stick out too far, so they won't get caught on things as you are swinging through the city on your webs. Best of all, the knobs are different shapes and sizes so it's easy to find what you want just by feel (even through spandex gloves) .

3 Legged Thing Punks Corey 2.0

3 legged thing punks corey 2.0

This is a lightweight and compact tripod made of magnesium alloy. This design is quite versatile and makes it a good choice for photographers who travel a lot.

  • The build of the tripod body is good and is made of durable materials that can withstand the wear and tear due to the environmental elements.
  • It can support all types of cameras including DSLRs with a standard lens.
  • The tripod legs are detachable and can be converted to a monopod.
  • Legs can be adjusted to various heights and angles. This helps the photographer to shoot from unique angles and perspectives.
  • The ball head allows the camera to be used at various angles and perspectives.
  • The maximum height is not good compared to similar tripods and may not be a sufficient height for some photographers who love to photograph from a higher angle.
  • It can be a struggle to use the tripod in very windy conditions.

5.0 out of 5 stars  Superior Design/Value Reviewed in the United States on January 10, 2023

Outstanding value and design. This 3 legged thing has everything you want in a travel tripod. Multiple configurations (including mounting your camera a few inches from the ground, make leg into monopod), fully featured ball head with multiple sprit levels, rotation degree indicator. All necessary parts are fully detachable for cleaning etc. Compacts into very workable travel size. Negative? A bit heavy but that's what you get when you design a full function travel tripod – this thing packs a great punch in the value department!

We hope the above list and deciding factors will help you to choose a tripod that suits your photography and style. Look for the weight, load capacity and other features that will make your photography simpler with the tripod.

What tripod do you use when traveling or what would you recommend and why? Let us know in the comments section below.

Further Reading:

  • Have I Solved My Hybrid Tripod Problem?
  • A Review of The Sandmarc Tripod Pro
  • The Infuriating Search For The Perfect Tripod
  • 4 Ways to Stabilize Your Camera With Tripod Alternatives
  • Guide To The Best Travel Tripods In 2023
  • 9 Lightweight Tripods For Travel Photographers

About Author

best travel tripod lightweight

Jasenka is a photographer with a background in web design. You can find out more about her on her website , see some of her newest images at 500px or get to know her better here .

You have mentioned Sirui as a leading brand, but did not review its traveller’s tripod.

Leave a Reply Cancel

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *

Table of Contents

best travel tripod lightweight

Latest Posts

A set of Kase Magnetic Filters with leather case

Useful Gear For Photographers in 2024

Photo of the Hohem Mic-01 system

Review Of The Hohem MIC-01

best travel tripod lightweight

The 10 Best Polaroid Printers

best travel tripod lightweight

The 7 Best Drones For Kids

IMAGES

  1. Best travel tripod 2021: the 12 finest lightweight tripods for your camera

    best travel tripod lightweight

  2. The Best Lightweight Tripod for Backpacking, Hiking & Travel

    best travel tripod lightweight

  3. Best Travel Tripods in 2018

    best travel tripod lightweight

  4. Best travel tripod 2021: the 10 finest lightweight tripods for your

    best travel tripod lightweight

  5. Best travel tripod 2021: the 10 finest lightweight tripods for your

    best travel tripod lightweight

  6. Best travel tripod 2022: the 12 finest lightweight tripods for your

    best travel tripod lightweight

VIDEO

  1. REVIEW: The BEST Travel Tripod?! WEILISI Metal Aluminium Telescopic Phone Stand Lightweight Compact

  2. TOP Tripod features

  3. I bought the BEST BUDGET tripod!

  4. Best Travel tripod? #shorts #review #tripod #technology #accessories

  5. The Best Travel Tripod

  6. My New Tripod UNBOXING & FUN 🤪| The Best Tripod for YouTube

COMMENTS

  1. The best travel tripod in 2024

    The Manfrotto Befree 3-Way Live Advanced is a lightweight photographer's travel tripod paired with a three-way video head. The fluid head uses a hydraulic damping system to make it easy for smooth, fluid camera movements. The tripod, meanwhile, provides a good balance between capacity, weight, and price.

  2. The best travel tripod for 2024: finest lightweight tripods

    Use the links to jump to our full write-ups for more in-depth coverage. Best overall. 1. 3 Legged Thing Punks Brian 2.0. View at Amazon. View at Walmart. View at BHPhoto. The best travel tripod ...

  3. 7 Best Travel Tripods for Your Next Trip

    Legs can be positioned at multiple locking angles or splayed close to the ground for low-angle or close-up travel photography. Weight: 8/10. At 1.5kg / 3.4 lb, the Punks Corey is a lightweight travel tripod for photographers who prefer to travel carry-on only. Its size/weight make it ideal as a backpacking tripod.

  4. Best travel tripods 2024: Lightweight and compact tripods

    Benro Rhino FRHN24C+VX25 Head. Check Amazon. Best for height. One of the best tripods we've seen, it comes with a detachable monopod and built-in phone mount. The carbon fiber tubes keep it ...

  5. The Best Lightweight Tripods (for Travel and Hiking)

    The Best Lightweight Travel Tripods - Quick Answer. 1. Best Designed Carbon Fiber Tripod - Peak Design Travel Tripod (Overall Winner) 2. Best Designed Aluminum Tripod - Peak Design (Overall Winner) 3. Best Budget Tripod - Oben CT-3535 Folding Carbon Fiber Travel Tripod. 4. Best Occasional User Tripod - Joby Gorillapod.

  6. 9 Best Travel Tripods in 2024 (Updated)

    Best for Landscape Photography. Manfrotto Element Traveler Tripod Kit With Ball Head. Lightweight and compact for easy travel. High-quality build, reliable stability. 360-degree panoramic head for versatile shots. Quick-release plate for fast setup. Maximum height of 1.47 m for tall subjects.

  7. Best travel tripods 2024: the top lightweight tripods to buy

    Needs a short period of familiarisation. The Benro Rhino FRHN05CVX20 travel tripod is strong and sturdy, yet at the same time lightweight due to a carbon fibre leg construction. This premium-feel ...

  8. 12 Best Tripods for Traveling in 2023

    Sirui AM124 Carbon Fiber Tripod. $179 at Amazon. Read more. Show more. The Expert: I'm a freelance travel writer and editor who focuses primarily on adventure travel, which means I often take ...

  9. Best Travel Tripods (2023): 9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel

    9 Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking, Trekking, and Backpacking. 1. Sirui A1205 Carbon Fiber Tripod with Y-11 Ball Head. In our opinion, the Sirui A1205 is the best value travel tripod on the market. Material: Carbon Fiber.

  10. Best Travel Tripods Of 2022

    Tripod Weight: 3 lbs. Build: Carbon Fiber. Maximum Load: 30 lbs. Extended Height: 58.2" (148 cm) Folded Length: 17.1 in. Ballhead: Included. Price: Click Here For Latest Price. The Really Right Stuff Ascend is a wonderful high-end professional travel tripod. Ratcheting angle stops control the angle of the legs.

  11. The 10 BEST Travel Tripods

    Table of Contents. Editors Choice: Peak Design Travel Tripod. The Best Travel Tripods. Peak Design Travel Tripod. Punks Travis System. Manfrotto BeFree. Vanguard VEO 2 Go. Joby GorillaPod 3K Pro. ZOMEi iPhone Tripod.

  12. The 4 Best Tripod for 2024

    Best travel tripod. The Element MII goes from backpack-sized to tall smoothly and quickly, and it provides sturdy support at a price lower than that of our other picks. $160 from Amazon. Manfrotto ...

  13. Best Travel Tripods 2024

    Best Value Travel Tripod: K&F Concept Travel Tripod. Most Compact Travel Tripod: MeFOTO Road Trip Air Tripod. Best Travel Tripod For Low-Angle: JOBY GorillaPod Rig. Best Travel Tripod For Full ...

  14. Recommended Travel Tripods

    The very lightweight (1.8 lb) and compact (12.2") T-025SK T-0S Series Carbon Fiber Tripod and B-00 Ball Head is a fine tool for the traveling photographer with a small DSLR or mirrorless camera. Rare among travel tripods, this Sirui has a 2-section removable center column for low-angle shooting down to 3.1".

  15. 6 Best Travel Tripods on a Budget (Tested & Ranked in 2024)

    SIRUI T-005X Ultralight Travel Tripod (Best Lightweight Tripod) 4. GEEKOTO 77'' Compact Aluminum Tripod (Best Height Range) 5. Sensyne 62'' Phone Tripod & Selfie Stick (Best Budget Pick) 6. Benro Tablepod Flex Tripod Kit (Best for Content Creators) FAQs About Travel Tripods.

  16. The Best Lightweight Tripod for Backpacking, Hiking & Travel

    Quick Answer: Here are the Best Lightweight Tripods. All-round best lightweight tripod for backpacking: Manfrotto BeFree GT Carbon Fiber. Most ultralight professional travel tripod: Gitzo GT1545T Series 1 Traveler. Best compact hiking tripod: Joby Gorillapod 5K.

  17. Best Travel Tripod: Top Lightweight & Packable Options

    Best For Everyday Use: Benro SystemGo Plus Aluminum Tripod. Best Value: Dolica AX620B100 62-Inch Proline Tripod and Ball Head. Best Flexible Leg Tripod: JOBY GorillaPod 1K Compact Tripod. Best Versatility: MeFOTO GlobeTrotter Classic Aluminum Travel Tripod. Best Compact: Manfrotto PIXI Evo Tripod.

  18. 10 Best Travel Tripods (2024 BARGAIN Guide)

    Quick Answers: Best Travel Tripods of 2024. The Best Travel Tripods of 2024. #1 Vanguard Alta Pro. Best Overall Travel Tripod. #2 MeFOTO Roadtrip. Best Travel Tripod Runner-Up. #3 Manfrotto BeFree. Best Travel Tripod for Backpacking. #4 Zomei Z818.

  19. Our guide to the Best Lightweight Tripods for Travel, Hiking and

    2. Manfrotto Befree GT XPRO. Manfrotto is probably the best known tripod manufacturer in the world - and rightly so: the Italian company has a long history of making high quality, resilient and great value products. For many photographers, Manfrotto is the only choice when it comes to tripods!

  20. Best Travel Tripods (Take Epic Pics On The Go)

    At A Glance: Our Top 3 Travel Tripods. Best Overall Tripod. Three Legged Thing - Brian Carbon Fiber Jump To Review. Best High-End Tripod. Gitzo Traveler Series 1 GT1555T Tripod Jump To Review. Best Budget Tripod. Benro SLIM Carbon Fiber (FSL09CN00) Jump To Review.

  21. 10 Best Travel Tripods for Photographers (2024)

    Quick Answer: Best Lightweight Travel Tripods. Below is a list of the best tripods for travel: Manfrotto Befree. Sirui T- 1 205X. Joby GorillaPod 5K. Zomei Z818. Gitzo GK1545T Series 1 Traveler. 3 Legged Thing Punks Corey. MeFOTO RoadTrip.

  22. Best Travel Tripods for Photographers 2024 (Portable & Lightweight)

    Instead we are more focussed on Travel Tripods i.e tripods that have been optimized for easy carrying during travel. Reasons to use a Travel Tripod. Things to consider while buying a Travel Tripod. Best Travel Tripods 2024. 1. Peak Design Travel Tripod. 2. Benro FGP18A SystemGo Plus Travel Aluminium Tripod. 3.

  23. The 10 Best Travel Tripods Of 2023

    Best Travel Tripods In 2023 K&F Concept 64 inch/163cm Carbon Fiber Camera Tripod. Photo on Amazon. This is a lightweight, and affordable tripod made of carbon fiber. It weighs only 1.14kg, which is perfect for travel photographers to carry around. ... 9 Lightweight Tripods For Travel Photographers; About Author. Jasenka is a photographer with a ...

  24. Peak Design Travel Tripod (Carbon Fiber) Ultra-Portable, Stable and

    Camera & Photo Deals Best Sellers DSLR Cameras Mirrorless Cameras Lenses Point-and-Shoots Sports & Action Cameras Camcorders Photography Drones Security ... K&F Concept 64 inch/163cm Camera Tripod,Lightweight Travel Outdoor DSLR Tripods with 360 Degree Ball Head Load Capacity 8kg/17.6lbs,Cellphone Clip for Smartphone Live Streaming Vlog K234A0 ...